TRINSEO MATERIALS OPERATING S.C.A. and TRINSEO MATERIALS FINANCE, INC. and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee and Collateral Agent 8.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 INDENTURE Dated as of January 29, 2013

Exhibit 4.1

Execution Version

TRINSEO MATERIALS OPERATING S.C.A.

and

TRINSEO MATERIALS FINANCE, INC.

and

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee and Collateral Agent

8.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2019

INDENTURE

Dated as of January 29, 2013

Reference is made to the Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2013, among Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A., a partnership limited by shares (société en commandite par actions) organized and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 0X, xxx Xxxxxxx Xxxxxxxx X-0000 Xxxxxxxx Grand-Duché de Luxembourg, and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B 153586, the other grantors party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Credit Agreement Secured Parties ( as defined therein) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Senior Secured Notes Secured Parties (as defined therein), and each additional collateral agent from time to time party thereto as collateral agent for any First Lien Obligations (as defined therein) of any other Class (as defined therein), and as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Indenture (the “Intercreditor Agreement”). Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, (a) consents to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, including the priority of payment provisions of such Intercreditor Agreement, (b) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (c) authorizes and instructs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement as “Collateral Agent,” and on behalf of such Holder and make the representations of such Holder set forth therein.

Table of Contents


		Page

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.1.	Definitions		1
SECTION 1.2.	Other Definitions		33
SECTION 1.3.	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act		35
SECTION 1.4.	Rules of Construction		35

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

SECTION 2.1.	Form, Dating and Terms		36
SECTION 2.2.	Execution and Authentication		44
SECTION 2.3.	Registrar and Paying Agent		44
SECTION 2.4.	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust		45
SECTION 2.5.	Holder Lists		45
SECTION 2.6.	Transfer and Exchange		45
SECTION 2.7.	Form of Certificate to Be Delivered upon Termination of Restricted Period		49
SECTION 2.8.	Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to IAIs		50
SECTION 2.9.	Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S		51
SECTION 2.10.	Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to AIs		52
SECTION 2.11.	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes		54
SECTION 2.12.	Outstanding Notes		54
SECTION 2.13.	Temporary Notes		55
SECTION 2.14.	Cancellation		55
SECTION 2.15.	Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest		55
SECTION 2.16.	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers		56

ARTICLE III

COVENANTS

SECTION 3.1.	Payment of Notes		56
SECTION 3.2.	Limitation on Indebtedness		57
SECTION 3.3.	Limitation on Restricted Payments		60
SECTION 3.4.	Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries		65
SECTION 3.5.	Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock		67
SECTION 3.6.	Limitation on Liens		69
SECTION 3.7.	Limitation on Guarantees		70
SECTION 3.8.	Limitation on Affiliate Transactions		71
SECTION 3.9.	Change of Control		73
SECTION 3.10.	Reports		75
SECTION 3.11.	Future Guarantors		76
SECTION 3.12.	Maintenance of Office or Agency		76
SECTION 3.13.	Corporate Existence		77
SECTION 3.14.	Payment of Taxes		77
SECTION 3.15.	Payments for Consent		77
SECTION 3.16.	Compliance Certificate		77
SECTION 3.17.	Further Instruments and Acts		77

-i-


		Page

SECTION 3.18.	Conduct of Business		77
SECTION 3.19.	Statement by Officers as to Default		77
SECTION 3.20.	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries		77
SECTION 3.21.	Suspension of Certain Covenants		78
SECTION 3.22.	Trinseo Finance		79
SECTION 3.23.	Further Assurances and After-Acquired Collateral		79
SECTION 3.24.	Insurance		79
SECTION 3.25.	Impairment of Security Interest		80
SECTION 3.26.	Post-Closing Obligations		80

ARTICLE IV

SUCCESSOR ISSUER; Successor Person

SECTION 4.1.	Merger and Consolidation		80

ARTICLE V

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 5.1.	Notices to Trustee		82
SECTION 5.2.	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased		82
SECTION 5.3.	Notice to Redemption		82
SECTION 5.4.	Effect of Notice of Redemption		83
SECTION 5.5.	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price		83
SECTION 5.6.	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part		84
SECTION 5.7.	Optional Redemption		84
SECTION 5.8.	Mandatory Redemption		85
SECTION 5.9.	Tax Redemption		85

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.1.	Events of Default		86
SECTION 6.2.	Acceleration		88
SECTION 6.3.	Other Remedies		88
SECTION 6.4.	Waiver of Past Defaults		89
SECTION 6.5.	Control by Majority		89
SECTION 6.6.	Limitation on Suits		89
SECTION 6.7.	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment		90
SECTION 6.8.	Collection Suit by Trustee		90
SECTION 6.9.	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim		90
SECTION 6.10.	Priorities		90
SECTION 6.11.	Undertaking for Costs		90

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.1.	Duties of Trustee		91
SECTION 7.2.	Rights of Trustee		92
SECTION 7.3.	Individual Rights of Trustee		93
SECTION 7.4.	Trustee’s Disclaimer		93
SECTION 7.5.	Notice of Defaults		94

-ii-


		Page

SECTION 7.6.	Reports by Trustee to Holders		94
SECTION 7.7.	Compensation and Indemnity		94
SECTION 7.8.	Replacement of Trustee		95
SECTION 7.9.	Successor Trustee by Merger		95
SECTION 7.10.	Eligibility; Disqualification		96
SECTION 7.11.	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers		96
SECTION 7.12.	Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents		96
SECTION 7.13.	Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuers		96

ARTICLE VIII

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.1.	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance		96
SECTION 8.2.	Legal Defeasance and Discharge		96
SECTION 8.3.	Covenant Defeasance		97
SECTION 8.4.	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance		97
SECTION 8.5.	Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions		98
SECTION 8.6.	Repayment to the Issuers		99
SECTION 8.7.	Reinstatement		99

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

SECTION 9.1.	Without Consent of Holders		99
SECTION 9.2.	With Consent of Holders		101
SECTION 9.3.	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act		102
SECTION 9.4.	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers		102
SECTION 9.5.	Notation on or Exchange of Notes		102
SECTION 9.6.	Trustee to Sign Amendments		103

ARTICLE X

GUARANTEE

SECTION 10.1.	Guarantee		103
SECTION 10.2.	Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge		104
SECTION 10.3.	Right of Contribution		105
SECTION 10.4.	No Subrogation		105
SECTION 10.5.	Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors		105

ARTICLE XI

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 11.1.	Satisfaction and Discharge		106
SECTION 11.2.	Application of Trust Money		106

ARTICLE XII

SECURITY

SECTION 12.1.	Security Documents		107

-iii-


		Page

SECTION 12.2.	Collateral Agent		108
SECTION 12.3.	Recordings and Opinions		111
SECTION 12.4.	Authorization of Actions To Be Taken		112
SECTION 12.5.	Release of Collateral		112
SECTION 12.6.	Permitted Releases Not to Impair Lien; Trust Indenture Act Requirements		113
SECTION 12.7.	Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee		114
SECTION 12.8.	No Fiduciary Duties: Collateral		114
SECTION 12.9.	Intercreditor Agreement Controls		114

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 13.1.	Trust Indenture Act Controls		114
SECTION 13.2.	Notices		115
SECTION 13.3.	Communication by Holders with Other Holders		116
SECTION 13.4.	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent		116
SECTION 13.5.	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion		116
SECTION 13.6.	When Notes Disregarded		116
SECTION 13.7.	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar		116
SECTION 13.8.	Legal Holidays		117
SECTION 13.9.	Governing Law		117
SECTION 13.10.	Jurisdiction		117
SECTION 13.11.	Waivers of Jury Trial		117
SECTION 13.12.	USA PATRIOT Act		117
SECTION 13.13.	No Recourse Against Others		117
SECTION 13.14.	Successors		117
SECTION 13.15.	Multiple Originals		117
SECTION 13.16.	Qualification of Indenture		118
SECTION 13.17.	Table of Contents; Headings		118
SECTION 13.18.	Force Majeure		118
SECTION 13.19.	Severability		118
SECTION 13.20.	Jurisdiction		118
SECTION 13.21.	Waiver of Immunities		118
SECTION 13.22.	Currency Rate Indemnity		118
SECTION 13.23.	Interest Act (Canada)		118


SCHEDULE I		Post-Closing Obligations

EXHIBIT A		Form of Global Restricted Note
EXHIBIT B		Form of Exchange Global Note
EXHIBIT C		Form of Supplemental Indenture
EXHIBIT D		Form of Intercreditor Agreement

-iv-

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE


TIA Section		Indenture Section

310(a)(1)		7.10
(a)(2)		7.10
(a)(3)		N.A.
(a)(4)		N.A.
(a)(5)		7.10
(b)		7.3;7.8;7.10
311(a)		7.11
(b)		7.11
312(a)		2.5
(b)		13.3
(c)		13.3
313(a)		7.6
(b)(1)		7.6
(b)(2)		7.6
(c)		7.6
(d)		7.6
314(a)		3.10;3.16;12.5
(b)		N.A.
(c)(1)		13.4
(c)(2)		13.4
(c)(3)		N.A.
(d)		N.A.
(e)		12.5
315(a)		7.1
(b)		7.5;13.2
(c)		7.1
(d)		7.1
(e)		6.11
316(a)(last sentence)		13.6
(a)(1)(A)		6.5
(a)(1)(B)		6.4
(a)(2)		N.A.
(b)		6.7
(c)		N.A.
317(a)(1)		6.8
(a)(2)		6.9
(b)		2.4
318(a)		13.1

N.A. means not applicable.

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

-v-

INDENTURE dated as of January 29, 2013, among TRINSEO MATERIALS OPERATING S.C.A., a partnership limited by shares (société en commandite par actions) organized and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 0X, xxx Xxxxxxx Xxxxxxxx X-0000 Xxxxxxxx Grand-Duché de Luxembourg, and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B 153586 (the “Company”) and TRINSEO MATERIALS FINANCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Trinseo Finance” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) from time to time party hereto and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and Collateral Agent (as defined below).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuers have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of (i) their 8.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Notes”), (ii) any additional Notes (“Additional Notes”) that may be issued after the Issue Date and (iii) their 8.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein) in exchange for any Initial Notes or Additional Notes (the “Exchange Notes,” and together with the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes, the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Issuers have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary (i) to make the Notes, when executed and duly issued by the Issuers and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the valid obligations of the Issuers and (ii) to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuers have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.1. Definitions.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (1) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such acquisition or (3) of a Person at the time such Person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that Acquired Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness incurred in connection with or in contemplation of the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary, such Indebtedness was assumed or such merger consolidation or combination. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets and, with respect to clause (3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of the relevant merger, consolidation or other combination.

“Additional Amounts” means, if either Issuer or any Guarantor is required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, the additional amounts such Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will pay as may be necessary to ensure that the net amount received by each holder or beneficial owner of the Notes (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will be not less than the amount the holder or beneficial owner would have received if such Taxes had not been required to be withheld or deducted.

“Additional Assets” means:

(1) any property or assets (other than Capital Stock) used or to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used in a Similar Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets);

(2) the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

“Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Additional Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the first recital to this Indenture.

“Advisory Agreements” means, collectively, (i) the Advisory Agreement, dated as of 17 June 2010, by and amongst Xxxx Capital Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Portfolio Company Advisors Limited, an English private limited company, on the one hand, and Xxxxxx Holding BV, a Dutch besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid and Xxxx Capital Everest US Holding Inc., a Delaware on the other hand, and (ii) the Transaction Services Agreement, dated as of 17 June 2010, by and between Xxxx Capital Everest US Holding Inc., a Delaware company and Xxxx Capital Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“AI” means an “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(4) under the Securities Act.

“Applicable Premium” means the greater of (A) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (B) on any redemption date, the excess (to the extent positive) of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at August 1, 2015 (such redemption price (expressed in percentage of principal amount) being set forth in the table under Section 5.7(b) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest)), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note to and including such date set forth in clause (i) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed upon the redemption date using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate at such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over amount of such Note;

(b) the outstanding principal amount of such Note;

in each case, as calculated by the Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company shall designate.

“Asset Disposition” means:

(a) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of the Company (other than Capital Stock of the Company) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

(b) the issuance or sale of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 3.2 hereof or directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

-2-

in each case, other than:

(1) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) a disposition of inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business;

(4) a disposition of obsolete, surplus or worn out equipment or other assets or equipment or other assets that are no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) transactions permitted under Section 4.1 hereof or a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control;

(6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary or as part of or pursuant to an equity incentive or compensation plan approved by the Board of Directors;

(7) any dispositions of Capital Stock, properties or assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of less than $20.0 million;

(8) any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 3.3 and the making of any Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment or, solely for purposes of Section 3.5(a)(3), asset sales, the proceeds of which are used to make such Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments;

(9) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

(10) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

(11) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, sub-licenses, leases or subleases of other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(12) foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets;

(13) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

(14) any disposition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(15) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and as-sets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

-3-

(16) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(17) any disposition of Securitization Assets, or participations therein, in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing, or the disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business;

(18) any financing transaction with respect to property constructed, acquired, replaced, repaired or improved (including any reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or development of real property) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Leaseback Transactions and asset securitizations, permitted by this Indenture; and

(19) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind.

“Associate” means (i) any Person engaged in a Similar Business of which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries are the legal and beneficial owners of between 20% and 50% of all outstanding Voting Stock and (ii) any joint venture entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

“Xxxx Capital” means, collectively, Xxxx Capital Partners, LLC and funds or partnerships related to, or managed or advised by any of them or any Affiliate of any of them (not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing, which portfolio companies have material operations other than the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries).

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code or similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

“Board of Directors” means (1) with respect to the Company or any corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of the corporation, or any duly authorized committee thereof; (2) with respect to any partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of the partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof; and (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or any duly authorized committee of such Person serving a similar function. Whenever any provision requires any action or determination to be made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a majority of the directors on any such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is taken as part of a formal board meeting or as a formal board approval).

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or equivalent) of a Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York, United States or in the state of the place of payment are authorized or required by law to close.

“Canadian Insolvency Law” means any of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), and the Winding-Up and Restructuring Act (Canada), each as now and hereafter in effect, and any successors to such statutes and any other applicable insolvency, winding-up, dissolution, restructuring, reorganization, liquidation or similar law of any provincial or territorial jurisdiction and any law of any provincial or territorial jurisdiction (including any corporate law relating to arrangements, reorganizations or restructurings) permitting a debtor to obtain a stay or a compromise of the claims of its creditors against it.

-4-

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants, options or depositary receipts for, or other equivalents of or partnership or other interests in (however designated), equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

“Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes on the basis of GAAP. The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined on the basis of GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) (a) United States dollars, euro or any national currency of any member state of the European Union; or (b) any other foreign currency held by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian governments, a member state of the European Union or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality of thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of such country or such member state is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender or by any bank or trust company (a) whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Xxxxx’x (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) or (b) (in the event that the bank or trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess of $100 million;

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Xxxxx’x or carrying an equivalent rating by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has an equivalent rating in respect of its long-term debt, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof;

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America, any province of Canada, any member of the European Union or any political subdivision thereof, in each case, having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Xxxxx’x or S&P (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) with maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

(7) bills of exchange issued in the United States, Canada, a member state of the European Union, or Japan eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialized equivalent);

(8) interests in any investment company, money market or enhanced high yield fund which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (6) above; and

(9) for purposes of clause (2) of the definition of “Asset Disposition,” the marketable securities portfolio owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date.

-5-

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clause (1) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clause (1) as promptly as practicable and in any event within 10 Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

“Cash Management Services” means any of the following to the extent not constituting a line of credit (other than an overnight draft facility that is not in default); ACH transactions, treasury and/or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services.

“Change of Control” means:

(1) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; or

(2) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders; or

(3) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Holdings or the Company are not Continuing Directors.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Collateral” means all assets of the Issuers and the Guarantors, whether real, personal or mixed, with respect to which a Lien is granted (or purported to be granted) as security for any Notes Obligations (including proceeds and products thereof).

“Collateral Agent” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, acting in its capacity as collateral agent under the Security Documents, or any successor thereto.

“Company” has the meaning ascribed to it in the introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including amortization of deferred financing fees of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated EBITDA” for any period means the Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(1) increased (without duplication) by:

(a) provision for Taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar Taxes and foreign withholding Taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, plus amounts excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (w), (x) and (y) in clause (1) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

-6-

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the Incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Credit Agreement and any Securitization Fees and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, the Credit Agreement and any Securitization Fees, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(e) the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve, integration cost or other business optimization expense or cost associated with establishing new facilities that is deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus

(f) any other non-cash charges, write-downs, expenses, losses or items reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period including any impairment charges or the impact of purchase accounting (excluding any such non-cash charge, write-down or item to the extent it represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) or other items classified by the Company as special items less other non-cash items of income increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents a receipt of cash in any future period); plus

(g) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to Xxxx Capital to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 3.8 hereof; plus

(h) the amount of net cost savings and operating efficiencies projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions either taken or initiated prior to or during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized or expected to be realized prior to or during such period from such actions; provided that such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable; provided further that, to the extent not completed, such actions are expected to be completed within twelve months; plus

(i) the amount of loss on sale of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; plus

(j) any costs or expense Incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 3.3(a)(iii) hereof; plus

(k) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the ex-tent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (2) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

-7-

(l) any net loss included in the consolidated financial statements due to the application of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160 “Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” (“FAS 160”); plus

(m) realized foreign exchange losses resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

(n) net realized losses from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements;

(2) decreased (without duplication) by: (a) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period and any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase Consolidated EBITDA in such prior period; plus (b) realized foreign exchange income or gains resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus (c) any net realized income or gains from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements, plus (d) any net income included in the consolidated financial statements due to the application of FAS 160; and

(3) increased or decreased (without duplication) by, as applicable, any adjustments resulting for the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 460 or any comparable regulation.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the xxxx to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (v) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities other than Indebtedness, (w) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) interest with respect to Indebtedness of any Parent of such Person appearing upon the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP; plus

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(3) interest income for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

-8-

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) subject to the limitations contained in clause (3) below, any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment or could have been distributed, as reasonably determined by an Officer of the Company (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution or return on investment to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (2) below);

(2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 3.3(a)(iii)(A) hereof, any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantors) if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company or a Guarantor by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders (other than (a) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released. (b) restrictions pursuant to the Notes or this Indenture, and (c) restrictions specified under Section 3.4(14)), except that the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause);

(3) any net gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset or disposed operations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by an Officer or the Board of Directors of the Company);

(4) any extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or expense or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy or severance expense;

(5) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

(6) any (i) non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions and (ii) income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts shall be excluded;

(7) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or other expenses Incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness;

(8) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Hedging Obligations or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of Hedging Obligations;

(9) any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person and any unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies;

-9-

(10) any unrealized foreign currency translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) any purchase accounting effects, including, but not limited to, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development);

(12) any goodwill or other intangible asset impairment charge or write-off;

(13) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

(14) any net unrealized gains and losses resulting from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements shall be excluded; and

(15) the amount of any expense to the extent a corresponding amount is received in cash by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries from a Person other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries under any agreement providing for reimbursement of any such expense, provided such reimbursement payment has not been included in determining Consolidated Net Income (it being understood that if the amounts received in cash under any such agreement in any period exceed the amount of expense in respect of such period, such excess amounts received may be carried forward and applied against expense in future periods).

“Consolidated Secured Leverage” means the sum of the aggregate outstanding Secured Indebtedness for borrowed money and Capitalized Lease Obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries less the aggregate amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) Consolidated Secured Leverage at such date to (y) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

“Consolidated Taxes” means, if and for so long as the Company is a member of a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return with any common parent of such group, any Taxes measured by income for which such common parent is liable up to an amount not to exceed with respect to such Taxes the amount of any such Taxes that the Company and its Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate company basis or on a consolidated basis if the Company and its Subsidiaries had paid Tax on a consolidated, combined, group, affiliated or unitary basis on behalf of an affiliated group consisting only of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, any operating lease, dividend or other obligation that does not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”), including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

-10-

(2) to advance or supply funds:

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

(b) to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; or

(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors by the Permitted Holders or with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

“Covenant Suspension” means, during any period of time following the issuance of the Notes, that (i) the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture.

“Credit Agreement” means the credit agreement dated as of June 17, 2010 by and among the Company, certain of its Subsidiaries identified therein as guarantors, the senior lenders (as named therein) and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as the administrative agent for the lenders, together with the related documents thereto (including the revolving loans thereunder, any letters of credit and reimbursement obligations related thereto, any Guarantees and security documents), as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder), in whole or in part, the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Credit Agreement or one or more successors to the Credit Agreement or one or more new credit agreements.

“Credit Facility” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, indentures or other arrangements (including the Credit Agreement or commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the original Credit Agreement or one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and in each case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

-11-

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

“Definitive Notes” means certificated Notes.

“Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 3.5 hereof.

“Designated Preferred Stock” means, with respect to the Company, Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) (a) that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any such Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or such Subsidiary) and (b) that is designated as “Designated Preferred Stock” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company at or prior to the issuance thereof, the Net Cash Proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 3.3(a)(iii)(B) hereof.

“Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Company or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock.

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; or

(2) is or may become (in accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise redeemable or repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

in each case on or prior to the earlier of (a) the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) the date on which there are no Notes outstanding; provided, however, that (i) only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if any such redemption or repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant Person with Section 3.3 hereof; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

-12-

“Domestic Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor securities clearing agency.

“Equity Offering” means (x) a sale of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) other than offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions or (y) the sale of Capital Stock or other securities of any direct or indirect parent, the proceeds of which are contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or through an Excluded Contribution) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

“Exchange Notes” means any notes issued in exchange for Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or similar agreement.

“Excluded Assets” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

“Excluded Contribution” means Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets received by the Company as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company, to the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company.

“fair market value” may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.

“First Lien Obligations” means Payment Priority Obligations, the Notes Obligations and Pari Passu Secured Obligations.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person on any determination date, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such determination date for which internal consolidated financial statements are available to the Fixed Charges of such Person for four consecutive fiscal quarters. In the event that Holdings, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, assumes, Guarantees, redeems, defeases, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, defeasance, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided, however, that the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to Section 3.2(b).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, any Investment, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed or discontinued operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom)

-13-

had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Company (including cost savings and synergies). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed with a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of any Subsidiary of such Person during such period; and

(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during this period.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary.

“Future Intercreditor Agreement” means any additional intercreditor agreement with substantially the same terms (or terms not materially less favorable to the Holders) as the Intercreditor Agreement to define the relative rights of the Holders of the Notes Obligations, any holders of any future Payment Priority Obligations (other than in respect of the Credit Agreement), any future Pari Passu Secured Obligations and any future Junior Secured Obligations that may be incurred by the Issuers and the Guarantors pursuant to the terms of this Indenture with respect to their respective Liens on the Collateral.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the date of any calculation or determination required hereunder. Except as otherwise set forth in this Indenture, all ratios and calculations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in accordance with GAAP. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to establish that GAAP shall mean the GAAP as in effect on or prior to the date of such election; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture), including as to the ability of the Company to make an election pursuant to the previous sentence; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided, further, that any calculation or determination in this Indenture that require the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Company’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, further again, that the Company may only make such election if it also elects to report any subsequent

-14-

financial reports required to be made by the Company, including pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and Section 3.10 hereof, in IFRS. The Company shall give notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders.

“German Insolvency Event” means (i) that an entity organized in the Federal Republic of Germany is unable to pay its debts as they fall due within the meaning of Section 17 (“Zahlungsunfähigkeit”) of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung), or (ii) an entity organized in the Federal Republic of Germany is overindebted within the meaning of Section 19 (“Überschuldung”) of the German Insolvency Code (Insolvenzordnung). In addition, “German Insolvency Event” will include, for any entity organized in the Federal Republic of Germany, a petition for insolvency proceedings in respect of the assets ((Antrag auf Eröffnung eines Insolvenzverfahens) of the respective entity organized in the Federal Republic of Germany is filed and has not been rejected on the grounds of inadmissibility unless such filing is frivolous or without any merit.

“Governmental Authority” means any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, self-regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.

“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

(2) entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

“Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes.

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

“Holder” means each Person in whose name the Notes are registered on the Registrar’s books, which shall initially be the respective nominee of DTC.

“IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

“IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that (i) has not guaranteed any other Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor and (ii) has Total Assets together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries (as determined in accordance with GAAP) and Consolidated EBITDA of less than 5.0% of the Company’s Total Assets and Consolidated EBITDA (measured, in the case of Total Assets, at the end of the most recent fiscal period for

-15-

which internal financial statements are available and, in the case of Consolidated EBITDA, for the four quarters ended most recently for which internal financial statements are available, in each case measured on a pro forma basis giving effect to any acquisitions or depositions of companies, division or lines of business since such balance sheet date or the start of such four quarter period, as applicable, and on or prior to the date of acquisition of such Subsidiary).

“Incur” means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “Incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(1) the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

(2) the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(3) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have been reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

(4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

(5) Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

(6) the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

(7) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

(8) Guarantees by such Person of the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

(9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the net payments under such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at the termination of such agreement or arrangement).

The term “Indebtedness” shall not include any lease, concession or license of property (or Guarantee thereof) which would be considered an operating lease under GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date, any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business, or obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) Incurred prior to the Issue Date or in the ordinary course of business.

-16-

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any time in the case of a revolving credit or similar facility shall be the total amount of funds borrowed and then outstanding. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be determined as set forth above or otherwise provided in this Indenture, and (other than with respect to letters of credit or Guarantees or Indebtedness specified in clause (7) above) shall equal the amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared on the basis of GAAP.

Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness:

(i) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) Cash Management Services;

(iii) in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid in a timely manner; or

(iv) for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes.

“Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an investment banking or accounting firm of international standing or any third party appraiser of international standing; provided, however, that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Company.

“Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as the Credit Agreement Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agent and acknowledged by the Issuers and each Guarantor, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Indenture.

“Initial Guarantors” means Xxxxxx US Holding, Inc. and Xxxxxx LLC.

“Initial Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the first recital to this Indenture.

“Initial Purchasers” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., Xxxxxxx, Xxxxx & Co., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., BMO Capital Markets Corp., Mizuho Securities USA Inc. and SMBC Nikko Capital Markets Limited.

“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extensions of credit (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business, and excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or the Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such other Persons and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared on the basis of GAAP; provided, however, that endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business will not be deemed to be an Investment. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person remaining after giving effect thereto will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time.

-17-

For purposes of Section 3.3 hereof:

(1) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as conclusively determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Investment Grade” means (i) BBB- or higher by S&P, (ii) Baa3 or higher by Xxxxx’x or (iii) the equivalent of such ratings by S&P or Xxxxx’x, or of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

“Investment Grade Securities” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by a member of the European Union, or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(3) debt securities or debt instruments with a rating of “A-” or higher from S&P or “A3” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of Xxxxx’x or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries; and

(4) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above which fund may also hold cash and Cash Equivalents pending investment or distribution.

“Investment Grade Status” shall occur when the Notes receive both of the following:

(1) a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P; and

(2) a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s;

or the equivalent of such rating by either such rating organization or, if no rating of Xxxxx’x or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

“Issue Date” means January 29, 2013.

“Issuers” has the meaning ascribed to it in the first introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

“Junior Secured Obligations” means Other Collateral Secured Obligations which are by their respective terms intended to be secured on a subordinated basis with the Liens securing the Notes Obligations and the other First Lien Obligations; provided that the holders of such Indebtedness (or their authorized representative) have become bound by the terms of the Future Intercreditor Agreement pursuant to an amendment, supplement or joinder thereto (or entered into such Future Intercreditor Agreement if not then in effect).

-18-

“Latex Joint Venture” means any business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries conducted in the performance of the Company’s obligations pursuant to the Latex Joint Venture Option Agreement, dated as of June 17, 2010, among The Dow Chemical Company, a Delaware corporation, Xxxxxx LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Xxxxxx Holding B.V., a limited liability company (besloten vennootschap) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

“Luxembourg Insolvency Event” means, in relation to any entity incorporated and located in Luxembourg or any of its assets, any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step in relation to bankruptcy (fail-lite), insolvency, liquidation, composition with creditors (concordat préventif de faillite), moratorium or reprieve from payment (sursis de paiement), controlled management (gestion contrôlée), fraudulent conveyance (actio xxxxx-xxx), general settlement with creditors, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

“Management Advances” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made to, directors, officers, employees or consultants of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(1) (a) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving related expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) for purposes of funding any such person’s purchase of Capital Stock (or similar obligations) of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any Parent with (in the case of this sub-clause (b)) the approval of the Board of Directors;

(2) in respect of moving related expenses Incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office; or

(3) not exceeding $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

“Material Real Property” means any real property owned by any Issuer or Guarantor that is (i) located in the United States and has a fair market value in excess of $5,000,000 (at the Issue Date or, with respect to real property acquired after the Issue Date, at the time of acquisition, in each case, as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith) and (ii) located outside of the United States and has a fair market value in excess of $10,000,000 (at the Issue Date or, with respect to real property acquired after the Issue Date, at the time of acquisition, in each case, as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith); provided that at no time shall any real property located in the Federal Republic of Germany or Switzerland that is owned by any Issuer or Guarantor be considered Material Real Property.

“Xxxxx’x” means Xxxxx’x Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

“Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 436 under the Securities Act.

“Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

(1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Taxes paid or required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

-19-

(2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

(3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders (other than any Parent, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries) in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and

(4) the deduction of appropriate amounts required to be provided by the seller as a reserve, on the basis of GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition.

“Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

“Non-Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S).

“Note Documents” means the Notes (including Additional Notes), the Guarantees, the Indenture, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Future Intercreditor Agreement.

“Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the first recital to this Indenture.

“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to the Global Notes (as appointed by DTC), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.

“Notes Obligations” means Obligations in respect of the Notes, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and this Indenture.

“Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), other monetary obligations, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and Guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Offering Memorandum” means the final offering memorandum, dated January 24, 2013, relating to the offering by the Issuers of $1,325 million principal amount of 8.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 and any future offering memorandum relating to Additional Notes.

“Offering” means the offering of the Notes.

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, (1) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Managing Director, or the Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity, or (2) any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors of such Person.

-20-

“Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or its Subsidiaries.

“Other Collateral Secured Obligations” means any and all Obligations, (x) secured by a Permitted Lien (other than Payment Priority Obligations), and (y) which are by its terms intended to be secured on a pari passu basis or a subordinated basis with the Liens securing the Notes Obligations.

“Parent” means any Person of which the Company at any time is or becomes a Subsidiary after the Issue Date and any holding companies established by any Permitted Holder for purposes of holding its investment in any Parent.

“Parent Expenses” means:

(1) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) Incurred by any Parent in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise Incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including in respect of any reports filed with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

(2) customary indemnification obligations of any Parent owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons under its charter or by-laws or pursuant to written agreements with any such Person to the extent relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(3) obligations of any Parent in respect of director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor) to the extent relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(4) general corporate overhead expenses, including professional fees and expenses and other operational expenses of any Parent related to the ownership or operation of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including payments under the Advisory Agreements as in effect on the Issue Date or as modified in a manner that complies with Section 3.8); and

(5) expenses Incurred by any Parent in connection with any public offering or other sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness:

(x) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,

(y) in a prorated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed, or

(z) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as any Parent shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed.

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company which ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee if such Guarantee ranks equally in right of payment to the Note Guarantees.

“Pari Passu Secured Obligations” means Other Collateral Secured Obligations which is intended by its terms to be secured on a pari passu basis with the Liens securing the Notes Obligations and the Indenture and the other First Lien Obligations; provided such Lien is permitted to be incurred under the Indenture, the Credit Agreement and the documents governing any other Pari Passu Secured Obligations then outstanding, such Indebtedness

-21-

has a stated maturity that is no earlier than the stated maturity of the Notes and the agent or other representative for such Pari Passu Secured Obligations, on behalf of the holders of such Pari Passu Secured Obligations, is, or has pursuant to a joinder, amendment or supplement thereto become, bound by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Issuers to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note on behalf of the Issuers.

“Payment Priority Obligations” means (i) any and all Obligations secured by Liens permitted by clause (18)(y) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and (ii) all other Obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Hedging Obligations or obligations in respect of Cash Management Services in each case owing to a Person that is a holder of Indebtedness described in clause (i) above or an Affiliate of such holder at the time of entry into such Hedging Obligations or obligations in respect of Cash Management Services, so long as in each case such Obligations, and such Liens, are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash, Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in excess of the value of any cash or Cash Equivalents sold or exchanged must be applied in accordance with Section 3.5 hereof.

“Permitted Holders” means, collectively, (1) Xxxx Capital and its Affiliates, (2) any one or more Persons, together with such Persons’ Affiliates, whose beneficial ownership constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture, (3) Senior Management, (4) any Person who is acting as an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any Parent or the Company, acting in such capacity, and (5) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Xxxx Capital and Senior Management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its Parents held by such group.

“Permitted Investment” means (in each case, by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries):

(1) Investments in (a) a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) or the Company or (b) a Person (including the Capital Stock of any such Person) that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) Investments in another Person if such Person is engaged in any Similar Business and as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) Investments in cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(4) Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(5) Investments in payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

(6) Management Advances;

(7) Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor or otherwise with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

-22-

(8) Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from a sale or other disposition of property or assets, including an Asset Disposition;

(9) Investments existing or pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may not be increased except (a) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (b) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(10) Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 3.2 hereof;

(11) pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or Liens otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under Section 3.6 hereof;

(12) any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or Capital Stock of any Parent as consideration;

(13) any transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 3.8(b) hereof (except those described in Sections 3.8(b)(1), (3), (6), (8), (9), (12) and (14));

(14) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in any case, in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with this Indenture;

(15) (i) Guarantees not prohibited by Section 3.2 hereof and (other than with respect to Indebtedness) guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) performance guarantees with respect to obligations incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are permitted by this Indenture;

(16) Investments consisting of xxxxxxx money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

(17) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into the Company or merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(18) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(19) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Company;

(20) Investments in joint ventures and Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $75.0 million and (b) 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

-23-

(21) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (21) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $120.0 million and 4.0% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) plus the amount of any distributions, dividends, payments or other returns in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of Section 3.3 of any amounts applied pursuant to Section (a)(iii)); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) or (2) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (21);

(22) Investments in connection with the formation of the Latex Joint Venture;

(23) any Investment by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company in (x) a Securitization Entity or (y) any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangement governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided that such Investment is in the form of a Purchase Money Obligation, contribution of additional Securitization Assets or equity interests; and

(24) Investments in connection with the formation of Permitted Styrenics Joint Venture.

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

(2) pledges, deposits or Liens under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws, social security laws or similar legislation, or insurance related obligations (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements), or in connection with bids, tenders, completion guarantees, contracts (other than for borrowed money) or leases, or to secure utilities, licenses, public or statutory obligations, or to secure surety, indemnity, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, guarantees of government contracts (or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations), or as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or other obligations of like nature, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(3) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s and repairmen’s or other like Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof;

(5) encumbrances, ground leases, easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), survey exceptions, or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or to the ownership of their properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(6) Liens (a) on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Hedging Obligations or Cash Management Services permitted under this Indenture provided that the holders of such Obligations (or their representative) are party to, and such Liens are subject to, the Intercreditor Agreement; (b) that are contractual rights of set-off or, in the case of clause (i) or (ii) below, other bankers’

-24-

Liens (i) relating to treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds in the ordinary course of business and not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; (c) on cash accounts securing Indebtedness incurred under Section 3.2(b)(9)(iii) with financial institutions; (d) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice and not for speculative purposes; and/or (e) (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the maintenance of such accounts and (iii) arising under customary general terms of the account bank in relation to any bank account maintained with such bank and attaching only to such account and the products and proceeds thereof, which Liens, in any event, do not to secure any Indebtedness;

(7) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property and intellectual property rights), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(8) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree, order or award have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(9) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(10) Liens existing on the Issue Date, excluding Liens securing the Credit Agreement;

(11) Liens on property, other assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, other assets or shares of stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in anticipation of or in connection with such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property, other assets or stock); provided, further, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property, other assets or stock (plus improvements, accession, proceeds or dividends or distributions in connection with the original property, other assets or stock) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;

(12) Liens on assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, or Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(13) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously so secured, and permitted to be secured under this Indenture; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property that is or could be the security for or subject to a Permitted Lien hereunder;

(14) (a) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto and (b) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

-25-

(15) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(16) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(17) Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets;

(18) (x) Liens securing the Notes issued on the Issue Date and the Exchange Notes in respect thereof, the Guarantees relating to such Notes and Exchange Notes and all other Notes Obligations and (y) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(1); provided that to the extent such Liens are on Collateral, an authorized representative of the holders of such Indebtedness and the Collateral Agent shall be a party to the Intercreditor Agreement;

(19) Liens Incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted by Section 3.2(b)(8);

(20) Liens to secure Indebtedness of any Non-Guarantors permitted by Section 3.2(b)(12) covering only the assets of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary;

(21) Liens on Capital Stock or other securities or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(22) any security granted over the marketable securities portfolio described in clause (9) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents” in connection with the disposal thereof to a third party;

(23) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(24) Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefits of) insurance carriers;

(25) Liens solely on any xxxx xxxxxxx money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(26) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale permitted under Section 3.5, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or asset sale, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(27) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(28) Liens Incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under Section 3.2; provided that, with respect to liens securing

-26-

Obligations permitted under this clause, at the time of Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio would be no greater than (i) on or prior to August 1, 2015, 4.25 to 1.00 and (ii) thereafter, 3.75 to 1.00; provided that to the extent such Liens are on Collateral (a) an authorized representative of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have executed (i) a joinder to the Inter-creditor Agreement (in substantially the form attached thereto) as a holder of Pari Passu Secured Obligations or (ii) a Future Intercreditor Agreement pursuant to which, to the extent such Liens are Junior Secured Obligations, such representative shall agree with the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and other representatives of the First Lien Obligations that the Liens securing such Indebtedness are subordinated to the Lien securing the First Lien Obligations; and

(29) Liens on Securitization Assets and other Liens customarily granted in connection with a Securitization Facility, in each case in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing.

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness including interest which increases the principal amount of such Indebtedness.

“Permitted Styrenics Joint Venture” means the contribution, transfer or sale of all or a portion of the assets and liabilities of the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries that are used in connection with the operation of the styrenics business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to a Person formed for purposes of forming a joint venture with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; provided that:

(A) after giving effect to such contribution, transfer or sale (in a single transaction or any series of related transactions) on a pro forma basis, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be (1) not lower than immediately prior to such transaction or (2) equal to or greater than 2.25:1.00; and

(B) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Investment), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of the assets subject to such contribution, transfer or sale.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.11 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.

“Post-Closing Guarantors” means Guarantors other than the Initial Guarantors as contemplated in the offering memorandum.

“Post-Petition Interest” means any interest or entitlement to fees or expenses or other charges that accrue after the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

“Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

“Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

-27-

“QIB” means any “qualified institutional buyer” as such term is defined in Rule 144A.

“Qualified Equity Offering” means a public sale of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) other than offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions.

“Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Facility of a Securitization Entity that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Securitization Entity or any other Person are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company), (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings and (iv) the Obligations under such Securitization Facility are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Entity). The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Entity) to secure Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing.

“Refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning.

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness existing on the date of this Indenture or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that:

(1) if the Indebtedness being refinanced constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a final Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is the same as or greater than the final Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or, if less, the Notes and such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and

(2) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include:

(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Guarantor; or

(ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility or any other Indebtedness may be Incurred from time to time after the termination, discharge or repayment of any such Credit Facility or other Indebtedness.

-28-

“Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) the Registration Rights Agreement related to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as amended or supplemented, and (ii) any other registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of Additional Notes in a private offering by the Company after the Issue Date.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

“Regulation S-X” means Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

“Related Taxes” means any Taxes, including sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, registration, business, customs, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar Taxes (other than (x) Taxes measured by income and (y) withholding imposed on payments made by any Parent), required to be paid (provided such Taxes are in fact paid) by any Parent by virtue of its:

(a) being organized or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than, directly or indirectly, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries);

(b) being a holding company parent, directly or indirectly, of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries;

(c) receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of, directly or indirectly, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries; or

(d) having made any payment in respect to any of the items for which the Company is permitted to make payments to any Parent pursuant to Section 3.3.

“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction” means the United States, any jurisdiction in which either Issuer or any Guarantor is incorporated, organized or otherwise resident for tax purposes or from or through which any of the foregoing makes any payment on the Notes or by or within any department or political subdivision or governmental authority or in any of the foregoing having the power to tax.

“Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“Restricted Notes” means Initial Notes and Additional Notes bearing one of the restrictive legends described in Section 2.1(d).

“Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(1) and, in the case of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(2).

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Reversion Date” means, during any period of time during which the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.7, 3.8 and 4.1(a)(3) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”) as a result of a Covenant Suspension, the date on which the Notes cease to have Investment Grade Status or a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, and after which date the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended and such Suspended Covenants will be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture).

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

-29-

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Capitalized Lease Obligations and other than Indebtedness with respect to Cash Management Services).

“Secured Parties” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

“Securitization Asset” means any accounts receivable, real estate asset, mortgage receivables or related assets, in each case subject to a Securitization Facility.

“Securitization Entity” means a Subsidiary of the Company or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing or which is regularly engaged in receivables financings and to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries transfers Securitization Assets, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company or of such other Person (as provided below) to be a Securitization Entity (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (1) is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (2) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Securitization Entity) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (3) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Securitization Assets and related assets as provided in the definition of “Qualified Securitization Financing”), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company) other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing Securitization Assets, and (c) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company or of such other Person will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or of such other Person giving effect to such designation, together with an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

“Securitization Facility” means any of one or more securitization financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its Securitization Assets to either (a) Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Securitization Entity that in turn sells Securitization Assets to a person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any Securitization Asset or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.

“Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

-30-

“Security Agreement” means the security agreement dated as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Collateral Agent, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Indenture.

“Security Documents” means the Security Agreement and all other security agreements, pledge agreements, collateral assignments, mortgages, and any other instrument and document executed and delivered pursuant to this Indenture or otherwise or any of the foregoing, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, creating the security interests in the Collateral as contemplated by this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement and any Future Intercreditor Agreement.

“Senior Management” means the officers, directors, and other members of senior management of the Company or any of their Subsidiaries, who at any date beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

“Similar Business” means (a) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates on the Issue Date and (b) any businesses, services and activities engaged in by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Associates that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing or are extensions or developments of any thereof.

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Facility, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Entity, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person, any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which:

(a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise; and

(b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

-31-

“Taxes” means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, duties and withholdings and any charges of a similar nature (including interest, penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto) that are imposed by any government or other taxing authority.

“Total Assets” mean, as of any date, the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the pro forma basis contained in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

“Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the redemption date (or, if such statistical release is not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Company in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to August 1, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to August 1, 2015 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to such applicable date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

“Trinseo Finance” has the meaning ascribed to it in the introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

“Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

“Trust Officer” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any vice president, assistant vice president, any trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, and when used with respect to the Collateral Agent, any vice president, assistant vice president, any trust officer or any other officer of the Collateral Agent who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and the Security Documents.

“Trustee” means the party named as such in the introductory paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

“Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York; provided, however, that, at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of the Secured Parties’ security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company or Trinseo Finance that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below); and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

-32-

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction, or Investment therein) other than the Company or Trinseo Finance, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

(1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(2) such designation and the Investment of the Company in such Subsidiary complies with Section 3.3 hereof.

“U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt.

“Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by

(2) the sum of all such payments.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by any applicable law or regulation to be held by a Person other than the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary) is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions.


Term		Defined in Section

“Accredited Investor Note”		2.1(b)
“Additional Restricted Notes”		2.1(b)
“Additional Taxing Jurisdiction”		5.9
“Affiliate Transaction”		3.8(a)
“After-Acquired Collateral”		3.23
“Agent Members”		2.1(e)(2)
“Asset Disposition Offer”		3.5(b)

-33-


Term		Defined in Section

“Authenticating Agent”		2.2
“Automatic Exchange”		2.6(e)
“Automatic Exchange Date”		2.6(e)
“Automatic Exchange Notice”		2.6(e)
“Automatic Exchange Notice Date”		2.6(e)
“Change in Tax Law”		5.9(b)
“Change of Control Offer”		3.9(a)
“Change of Control Payment”		3.9(a)
“Change of Control Payment Date”		3.9(a)
“Clearstream”		2.1(b)
“Covenant Defeasance”		8.3
“Defaulted Interest”		2.15
“Euroclear”		2.1(b)
“Event of Default”		6.1
“Excess Proceeds”		3.5(b)
“Exchange Global Note”		2.1(b)
“Global Notes”		2.1(b)
“Guaranteed Obligations”		10.1
“Initial Agreement”		3.4(b)
“Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”		2.1(b)
“Institutional Accredited Investor Notes”		2.1(b)
“Issuer Order”		2.2
“Legal Defeasance”		8.2
“Legal Holiday”		12.8
“Notes Document”		9.2
“Notes Register”		2.3
“Permanent Regulation S Global Note”		2.1(b)
“Permitted Debt”		3.2(b)
“Permitted Payments”		3.3(b)
“protected purchaser”		2.11
“Redemption Date”		5.7(a)
“Refunding Capital Stock”		3.3(b)
“Registrar”		2.3
“Regulation S Global Note”		2.1(b)
“Regulation S Notes”		2.1(b)
“Resale Restriction Termination Date”		2.6(b)
“Restricted Global Note”		2.6(e)
“Restricted Payment”		3.3(a)
“Restricted Period”		2.1(b)
“Rule 144A Global Note”		2.1(b)
“Rule 144A Notes”		2.1(b)
“Special Interest Payment Date”		2.15(a)
“Special Record Date”		2.15(a)
“Successor Company”		4.1(a)(1)
“Successor Guarantor”		4.1(f)(3)
“Suspension Period”		3.21
“Temporary Regulation S Global Note”		2.1(b)
“Unrestricted Global Note”		2.6(e)

-34-

SECTION 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

“Commission” means the SEC.

“indenture securities” means the Notes.

“indenture security holder” means a Holder.

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuers and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

SECTION 1.4. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

(4) “including” means including without limitation;

(5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

(6) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(7) whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest, to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the Notes; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the requirement that Additional Interest is due unless the Trustee receives written notice from the Issuers stating that such amounts are due and specifying the dollar amounts thereof;

(8) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(9) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;

(10) all amounts expressed in this Indenture or in any of the Notes in terms of money refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America;

(11) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and

(12) unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

-35-

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

SECTION 2.1. Form, Dating and Terms.

(a) The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,325,000,000. In addition, the Issuers may issue, from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, Additional Notes (as provided herein) and Exchange Notes. Furthermore, Notes may be authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer, exchange or in lieu of other Notes pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.6, 2.11, 2.13, 5.6 or 9.5, in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer pursuant to Section 3.5 or in connection with a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 3.9.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Issuers may not issue any Additional Notes, unless such issuance is in compliance with Sections 3.2 and 3.6.

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuers shall each set forth in (1) a Board Resolution and (2) (i) an Officer’s Certificate and (ii) one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information:

(A) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

(B) the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest shall accrue; and

In authenticating and delivering Additional Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate required by Section 13.4, an Opinion of Counsel as to the due authorization, execution, delivery, validity and enforceability of such Additional Notes.

The Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture. Holders of the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes will vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent as one class, and none of the Holders of the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes or the Exchange Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent.

If any of the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to Board Resolutions of the Issuers, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Issuers and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes.

(b) The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Issuers pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated January 24, 2013, among the Issuers, the Initial Guarantors and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as representative of the several Initial Purchasers. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes (if issued as Restricted Notes) (the “Additional Restricted Notes”) will be resold initially only to (A) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (B) Non-U.S. Persons in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, AIs and IAIs in accordance with Rule 501 under the Securities Act, in each case, in accordance with the procedure described herein. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuers from time to time pursuant to one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law.

-36-

Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold to QIBs in the United States of America in reliance on Rule 144A (the “Rule 144A Notes”) shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “Rule 144A Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

Initial Notes and any Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold outside the United States of America (the “Regulation S Notes”) in reliance on Regulation S shall initially be issued in the form of a temporary global Note (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”). Beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in a corresponding permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note” and, together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, each a “Regulation S Global Note”), within a reasonable period after the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined below) upon delivery of the certification contemplated by Section 2.7. Each Regulation S Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee as custodian for DTC in the manner described in this Article II for credit to the respective accounts of the purchasers (or to such other accounts as they may direct), including, but not limited to, accounts at Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. (“Euroclear”) or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream”). Prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Initial Notes and the Issue Date (such period through and including such 40th day, the “Restricted Period”), interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may only be transferred to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S, unless exchanged for interests in a Global Note in accordance with the transfer and certification requirements described herein.

Investors may hold their interests in the Regulation S Global Note through organizations other than Euro-clear or Clearstream that are participants in DTC’s system or directly through Euroclear or Clearstream, if they are participants in such systems, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems. If such interests are held through Euroclear or Clearstream, Euroclear and Clearstream will hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective depositaries. Such depositaries, in turn, will hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note in customers’ securities accounts in the depositaries’ names on the books of DTC.

The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes resold to IAIs (the “Institutional Accredited Investor Notes”) in the United States of America shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes resold to AIs in the United States of America shall be issued in the form of a Definitive Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A, including the legend as set forth in Section 2.1(d)(4) (an “Accredited Investor Note”).

Exchange Notes exchanged for interests in the Rule 144A Notes, the Regulation S Notes and the Institutional Accredited Investor Notes will be issued in the form of a permanent global Note, substantially in the form of

-37-

Exhibit B, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, deposited with the Trustee as hereinafter provided, including the appropriate legend set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “Exchange Global Note”). The Exchange Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate.

The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “Global Notes.”

The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of Paying Agent designated by the Issuers maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Issuers as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3; provided, however, that, at the option of the Paying Agent, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A and Exhibit B and in Section 2.1(d). The Issuers shall approve any notation, endorsement or legend on the Notes. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms.

(c) Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

(d) Restrictive Legends. Unless and until (i) an Initial Note or an Additional Note issued as a Restricted Note is sold under an effective registration statement, (ii) an Initial Note or an Additional Note issued as a Restricted Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note in connection with an effective registration statement, in each case pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or a similar agreement or (iii) the Trustee receives an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to it stating that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act:

(1) The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note and the Accredited Investor Global Note shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

-38-

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUERS OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S], ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

[IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE

-39-

SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD TO THE PUBLIC IN LUXEMBOURG, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, AND NEITHER THE INDENTURE NOR ANY OTHER CIRCULAR, PROSPECTUS, FORM OF APPLICATION, ADVERTISEMENT OR OTHER MATERIAL RELATED TO SUCH OFFER MAY BE DISTRIBUTED, OR OTHERWISE BE MADE AVAILABLE IN OR FROM, OR PUBLISHED IN, LUXEMBOURG EXCEPT IF A PROSPECTUS HAS BEEN DULY APPROVED BY THE COMMISSION DE SURVEILLANCE DU SECTEUR FINANCIER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF JULY 10, 2005 ON PROSPECTUSES FOR SECURITIES, AS AMENDED BY THE LAW OF JULY 3, 2012 (THE PROSPECTUS LAW) OR THE OFFER BENEFITS FROM AN EXEMPTION TO OR CONSTITUTES A TRANSACTION OTHERWISE NOT SUBJECT TO THE REQUIREMENT TO PUBLISH A PROSPECTUS FOR THE PURPOSE OF THE PROSPECTUS LAW.

(2) The Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following additional legend on the face thereof:

THIS SECURITY IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE. PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD APPLICABLE HERETO, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN MAY NOT BE HELD BY ANY PERSON OTHER THAN (1) A NON-U.S. PERSON OR (2) A U.S. PERSON THAT PURCHASED SUCH INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR PHYSICAL NOTES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. TERMS IN THIS LEGEND ARE USED AS USED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

(3) Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

-40-

(4) Each Accredited Investor Note shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE OR (C) IT IS AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUERS OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUERS, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY THE HOLDER AND ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREE HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (I) THE PURCHASER IS NOT ACQUIRING OR HOLDING SUCH NOTE OR AN INTEREST THEREIN WITH THE ASSETS OF

-41-

(A) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA) THAT IS SUBJECT TO ERISA, (B) A “PLAN” DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), (C) ANY ENTITY DEEMED TO HOLD “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY OR (D) A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN OR CHURCH PLAN SUBJECT TO SUCH PROVISIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (COLLECTIVELY, “SIMILAR LAWS”) OR (II) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF SUCH NOTE BY THE PURCHASER, THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE AND THE DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTE OR AN INTEREST THEREIN WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, A BREACH OF FIDUCIARY DUTY UNDER ERISA OR A VIOLATION OF ANY PROVISIONS OF ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAW.

(e) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(e) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC.

(1) Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of DTC or the nominee of DTC, (y) be delivered to the Notes Custodian for DTC and (z) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d). Transfers of a Global Note (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part, to the DTC, its successors or its respective nominees, except as set forth in Sections 2.1(e)(4) and 2.1(f). If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Notes Custodian will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note being transferred or exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in the principal amount of the other Global Note. Any beneficial interest in one Global Note that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Note, will, upon transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

(2) Members of, or participants in, DTC (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Notes Custodian as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

(3) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(f) to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Notes Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount.

(4) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.1(f), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

-42-

(5) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

(6) Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (i) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (ii) any holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

(f) Definitive Notes. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive Definitive Notes. Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (A) DTC notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within 90 days of such notice, (B) the Issuers in their sole discretion execute and deliver to the Trustee and Registrar an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (C) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a written request from DTC. In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in the second preceding sentence or in clause (A), (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence, the Issuers shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes. In addition, any Note transferred to an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Issuers or evidencing a Note that has been acquired by an affiliate in a transaction or series of transactions not involving any public offering must, until one year after the last date on which either the Issuers or any affiliate of the Issuers was an owner of the Note, be in the form of a Definitive Note and bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions in Section 2.1(d). If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may also obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with DTC’s and the Registrar’s procedures.

(1) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(e) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(d), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Note set forth in Section 2.1(d).

(2) If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel such Definitive Note, (y) record an increase in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the transferring Holder, a new Definitive Note representing the principal amount not so transferred.

(3) If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for another Definitive Note, (x) the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Note being transferred or exchanged, (y) the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more new Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Definitive Note (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder thereof, one or more Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Definitive Notes, registered in the name of the Holder thereof.

(4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, in no event shall a Definitive Note be delivered upon exchange or transfer of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note prior to the end of the Restricted Period.

-43-

SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication. One Officer shall sign the Notes for each Issuer by manual, facsimile or PDF signature. If the Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture. A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $1,325,000,000, (2) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes for original issue in an unlimited principal amount, (3) Exchange Notes for issue only in an exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and only in exchange for Initial Notes or Additional Notes of an equal principal amount and (4) under the circumstances set forth in Section 2.6(e), Initial Notes in the form of an Unrestricted Global Note, in each case upon a written order of each Issuer signed by one Officer (the “Issuer Order”). Such Issuer Order shall specify whether the Notes will be in the form of Definitive Notes or Global Notes, the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated, the Holder of the Notes and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes.

The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuers. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

In case either Issuer or any Guarantor, pursuant to Article IV or Section 10.2, as applicable, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which either Issuer or any Guarantor shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article IV, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may (but shall not be required), from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate to reflect such successor Person, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon the Issuer Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and make available for delivery Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.

SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “Notes Register”) and, upon written request from either of the Issuers, the Registrar shall provide the Issuers with a copy of the Notes Register to enable them to maintain a register of the Notes at their registered offices. In accordance with the Luxembourg law of August 10, 1915 on commercial companies (as amended), the Company will maintain a register of Notes at its registered office. The Issuers may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent and the term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar.

The Issuers shall advise the Paying Agent in writing five Business Days prior to any interest payment date of any Additional Interest payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

-44-

The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of each such agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. Either Issuer or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent.

The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuers may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders, but upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of any appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuers and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee and the passage of any waiting or notice periods required by DTC procedures or (ii) written notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee.

SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. By no later than 10:00 a.m. (Eastern time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium or interest when due. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Issuers or other obligors on the Notes), shall notify the Trustee in writing of any Default by the Issuers or any Guarantor in making any such payment and shall during the continuance of any Default by the Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment in respect of the Notes, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith deliver to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Notes together with a full accounting thereof. If either Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds or assets disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuers or a Subsidiary of the Company) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Issuers, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

SECTION 2.5. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, or to the extent otherwise required under the TIA, the Issuers, on their own behalf and on behalf of each of the Guarantors, shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders and the Issuers shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).

SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange.

(a) A Holder may transfer a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or exchange a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) for another Note or Notes of any authorized denomination by presenting to the Trustee a written request therefor stating the name of the proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion or other document required by this Section 2.6. The Registrar will promptly register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this Section 2.6 by noting the same in the Notes Register maintained by the Registrar for the purpose, and no transfer or exchange will be effective until it is registered in such Notes Register. The transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section 2.6 and Sections 2.1(e) and 2.1(f), as applicable, and, in the case of a Global Note (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream. The Trustee shall refuse to register any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with this Section 2.6.

-45-

(b) Transfers of Rule 144A Notes and Institutional Accredited Investor Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of its original issue and the last date on which either Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuers was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”):

(1) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee in the form as set forth on the reverse of the Note that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; provided that no such written representation or other written certification shall be required in connection with the transfer of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee in the form of a beneficial interest in that Rule 144A Global Note in accordance with this Indenture and the applicable procedures of DTC;

(2) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI or an AI shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.8 or Section 2.10, respectively, from the proposed transferee and the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to Issuers and the Registrar; and

(3) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9 from the proposed transferee and the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to Issuers and the Registrar.

(c) Transfers of Regulation S Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Regulation S Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period:

(1) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment on the reverse of the certificate, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

(2) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI or an AI shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.8 or Section 2.10, respectively, from the proposed transferee and the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuers and the Registrar; and

(3) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9 hereof from the proposed transferee and receipt by the Registrar or its agent of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuers.

After the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Note may be transferred in accordance with applicable law without requiring the certification set forth in Section 2.8, Section 2.9 or Section 2.10 or any additional certification.

-46-

(d) Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear a Restricted Notes Legend unless (1) Initial Notes are being exchanged for Exchange Notes in an exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, in which case the Exchange Notes shall not bear a Restricted Notes Legend, (2) an Initial Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement, (3) Initial Notes are being exchanged for Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend in accordance with Section 2.6(e) or (4) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to it stating that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

(e) Automatic Exchange from Global Note Bearing Restricted Notes Legend to Global Note Not Bearing Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the Issuers’ satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, beneficial interests in a Global Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend (a “Restricted Global Note”) may be automatically exchanged into beneficial interests in a Global Note not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend (an “Unrestricted Global Note”) without any action required by or on behalf of the Holder (the “Automatic Exchange”) at any time on or after the date that is the 366th calendar day after (1) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Issue Date or (2) with respect to Additional Notes, if any, the issue date of such Additional Notes or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (the “Automatic Exchange Date”). Upon the Issuers’ satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Issuers shall (i) provide written notice to DTC and the Trustee at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, instructing DTC to exchange all of the outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Restricted Global Note to the Unrestricted Global Note, which the Issuers shall have previously otherwise made eligible for exchange with the DTC, (ii) provide prior written notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”) to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange Date (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include (w) the Automatic Exchange Date, (x) the section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Automatic Exchange shall occur, (y) the “CUSIP” number of the Restricted Global Note from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred and (z) the “CUSIP” number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred and (iii) on or prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, deliver to the Trustee for authentication one or more Unrestricted Global Notes, duly executed by the Issuers, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Restricted Global Notes to be exchanged into such Unrestricted Global Notes. At the Issuers’ written request on no less than five (5) calendar days’ notice prior to the Automatic Exchange Notice Date, the Trustee shall deliver, in the Issuers’ name and at their expense, the Automatic Exchange Notice to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders; provided that the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee the information required to be included in such Automatic Exchange Notice.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.6(e), during the fifteen (15) calendar day period prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.6(e) shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Issuers. As a condition to any Automatic Exchange, the Issuers shall provide, and the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the Issuers to the effect that the Automatic Exchange shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that the aggregate principal amount of the particular Restricted Global Note is to be transferred to the particular Unrestricted Global Note by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary to reflect the Automatic Exchange. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.6(e), the aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes shall be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, to reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note resulting from the applicable exchange. The Restricted Global Note from which beneficial interests are transferred pursuant to an Automatic Exchange shall be canceled following the Automatic Exchange.

(f) Retention of Written Communications. The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6. The Issuers shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar.

-47-

(g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Issuers’ and Registrar’s written request.

No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require the Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax assessments or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.6, 2.11, 2.13, 3.5, 5.6 or 9.5).

The Issuers (and the Registrar) shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 calendar days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 calendar days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and (subject to paragraph 2 of the forms of Notes attached hereto as Exhibits A, B and C) interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, including without limitation the transfer or exchange of such Note, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(f) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(d), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(d).

All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(h) No Obligation of the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or purchase) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among DTC participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. Neither the Trustee nor any of its agents shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by DTC.

-48-

SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificate to Be Delivered upon Termination of Restricted Period.

[Date]

Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A.

Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc.

c/o Trinseo S.A.

0000 Xxxxxxxxxxxx Xxxxxxxxx

Xxxxx 000

Xxxxxx, XX 00000

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Corporate Capital Markets

00 Xxxxx Xxxxx Xxxxxx, Xxxxx 0000

Xxxxxxxxxxx, XX 00000-0000

Attention: Trinseo Materials Administrator

Facsimile: (000) 000-0000

with a copy to:

Xxxxxxxx & Xxxxx LLP

000 Xxxxxxxxx Xxxxxx

Xxx Xxxx, Xxx Xxxx 00000

Attention: Xxxxxx X. Xxxxx

Facsimile: (000) 000-0000

Re:	Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A. and Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc. (the “Issuers”)

8.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter relates to Notes represented by a temporary global Note (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”). Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Indenture dated as of January 29, 2013 relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”), we hereby certify that the persons who are the beneficial owners of $[ ] principal amount of Notes represented by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note are persons outside the United States to whom beneficial interests in such Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, you are hereby requested to issue a Permanent Regulation S Global Note representing the undersigned’s interest in the principal amount of Notes represented by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, all in the manner provided by the Indenture. We certify that we [are][are not] an Affiliate of either Issuer.

The Trustee and the Issuers are entitled to conclusively rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.


Very truly yours,

[Name of Transferor]

By:
		Authorized Signature

-49-

SECTION 2.8. Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to IAIs.

[Date]

Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A.

Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc.

c/o Trinseo S.A.

0000 Xxxxxxxxxxxx Xxxxxxxxx

Xxxxx 000

Xxxxxx, XX 00000

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Corporate Capital Markets

00 Xxxxx Xxxxx Xxxxxx, Xxxxx 0000

Xxxxxxxxxxx, XX 00000-0000

Attention: Trinseo Materials Administrator

Facsimile: (000) 000-0000

Re:	Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A. and Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[ ] principal amount of the 8.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”) of Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A. and Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc. (the “Issuers”).

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:


Name:



Address:



Taxpayer ID Number:

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of our investment in the Notes and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which either Issuer or any affiliate of either Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the Issuers or any Subsidiary thereof, (b) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person we reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” under Rule 144A of the Securities Act (a “QIB”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being

-50-

made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000 for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuers and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuers and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuers.

3. We [are][are not] an Affiliate of either Issuer.


TRANSFEREE:



BY:

SECTION 2.9. Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S.

[Date]

Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A.

Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc.

c/o Trinseo S.A.

0000 Xxxxxxxxxxxx Xxxxxxxxx

Xxxxx 000

Xxxxxx, XX 00000

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Corporate Capital Markets

00 Xxxxx Xxxxx Xxxxxx, Xxxxx 0000

Xxxxxxxxxxx, XX 00000-0000

Attention: Trinseo Materials Administrator

Facsimile: (000) 000-0000

Re:	Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A. and Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc. (the “Issuers”)

8.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $[ ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

(a) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

-51-

(b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

(c) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

(d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be.

We also hereby certify that we [are][are not] an Affiliate of either Issuer and, to our knowledge, the transferee of the Notes [is][is not] an Affiliate of either Issuer.

The Trustee and the Issuers are entitled to conclusively rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.


Very truly yours,

[Name of Transferor]

By:
		Authorized Signature

SECTION 2.10. Form of Certificate to Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to AIs.

[Date]

Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A.

Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc.

c/o Trinseo S.A.

0000 Xxxxxxxxxxxx Xxxxxxxxx

Xxxxx 000

Xxxxxx, XX 00000

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Corporate Capital Markets

00 Xxxxx Xxxxx Xxxxxx, Xxxxx 0000

Xxxxxxxxxxx, XX 00000-0000

Attention: Trinseo Materials Administrator

Facsimile: (000) 000-0000

-52-

Re:	Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A. and Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:


Name:



Address:



Taxpayer ID Number:

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. I am an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(4) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) and I am acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. I have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of my investment in the Notes and I invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of my business. I am able to bear the economic risk of my investment.

2. I understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. I agree on my own behalf to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which either Issuer or any affiliate of either Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the Issuers or any Subsidiary thereof, (b) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person I reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” under Rule 144A of the Securities Act (a “QIB”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $200,000 for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of my property be at all times within my control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuers and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clauses (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuers.

3. I understand and acknowledge that upon the issuance thereof, and until such time as the same is no longer required under applicable requirements of the Securities Act or state securities laws, the Notes that I acquire will be certificated Notes that will bear, and all certificates issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof will bear, a restrictive legend set forth in Section 2.1(d) of the Indenture.

-53-

4. I am an Affiliate of the Issuers.


TRANSFEREE:



BY:

SECTION 2.11. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuers and the Trustee that such Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar has not registered a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuers and the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee; provided, however, if after the delivery of such replacement Note, a protected purchaser of the Note for which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment or registration such replaced Note, the Trustee and/or the Issuers shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person to whom it was issued and delivered or any Person taking therefrom, except a protected purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuers or the Trustee in connection therewith. Such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the (i) Trustee to protect the Trustee and (ii) the Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar, from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced, and, in the absence of notice to the Issuers, any Guarantor or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Issuers shall execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuers in their discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.11, the Issuers may require that such Holder pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee) in connection therewith.

Subject to the proviso in the initial paragraph of this Section 2.11, every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.11, in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuers, any Guarantor (if applicable) and any other obligor upon the Notes, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section 2.11 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

SECTION 2.12. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those paid pursuant to Section 2.11 and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding in the event either Issuer or an Affiliate of either Issuer holds the Note; provided, however, that (i) for purposes of determining which are outstanding for consent or voting purposes hereunder, the provisions of Section 13.6 shall apply and (ii) in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making a determination whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Notes are present at a meeting of Holders of Notes for quorum purposes or have consented to or voted in favor of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, amendment or modification hereunder, or relying upon any such quorum, consent or vote, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be held by either Issuer or an Affiliate of either Issuer shall not be considered outstanding.

-54-

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.11 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuers receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement pursuant to Section 2.11.

If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

SECTION 2.13. Temporary Notes. In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form, and shall carry all rights, of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes. After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Issuers for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of Definitive Notes.

SECTION 2.14. Cancellation. The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and dispose of such Notes in accordance with its internal policies and customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act and the Trustee). If the Issuers or any Guarantor acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.14. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes they have paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange.

At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by DTC to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

SECTION 2.15. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such payment at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3.

Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days, shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) shall be paid by the Issuers, at their election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:

(a) The Issuers may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following

-55-

manner. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “Special Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Section 2.15(a). Thereupon the Issuers shall fix a record date (the “Special Record Date”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which date shall be not more than 20 calendar days and not less than 15 calendar days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 calendar days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Issuers, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 13.2, not less than 10 calendar days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the provisions in Section 2.15(b).

(b) The Issuers may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuers to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Section 2.15(b), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of, transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

SECTION 2.16. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP and “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP and ISIN numbers. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.

ARTICLE III

COVENANTS

SECTION 3.1. Payment of Notes. The Issuers shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) shall be considered paid on the date due if by 10:00 a.m. Eastern time on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest (including Additional Interest) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Issuers may, to the extent they are required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder.

-56-

SECTION 3.2. Limitation on Indebtedness.

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Company and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness if on the date of such Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than 2.00 to 1.00; provided, further, that Non-Guarantors may not Incur Indebtedness under this Section 3.2(a) if, after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), more than an aggregate of $100 million of Indebtedness of Non-Guarantors would be outstanding pursuant to this Section 3.2(a) at such time.

(b) Section 3.2(a) shall not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility (including letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created under any Credit Facility), and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and Guarantees in respect of such Indebtedness in a maximum aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding the sum of (i) the sum of (a) $325.0 million, plus (b) up to an additional $75 million; provided that at the time of any Incurrence made pursuant to this clause (i)(b), the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio (for such purpose, (x) assuming that all such Indebtedness constitutes Secured Indebtedness and (y) treating any proposed revolving facility as fully-drawn) would be no greater than 3.75 to 1.00, plus (ii) in the case of any refinancing of any Indebtedness permitted under this Section 3.2(b)(1) or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing;

(2) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to any Qualified Securitization Financing in respect thereof and Guarantees in respect of such Indebtedness in a maximum aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding (i) $260.0 million plus (ii) in the case of any refinancing of any Indebtedness permitted under this clause or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing;

(3) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness is permitted under the terms of this Indenture;

(4) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that:

(i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

(ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,

shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary not permitted under this clause (4), as the case may be;

(5) Indebtedness represented by (i) the Notes (other than any Additional Notes), including any Guarantee thereof, (ii) any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Notes (including any Guarantee thereof), (iii) any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (1) and (3)) outstanding on the Issue Date, (iv) Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause or clause (6) or (11) of this Section 3.2(b) or Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a), and (v) Management Advances;

-57-

(6) Indebtedness of (x) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Acquired Indebtedness; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either:

(i) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 3.2(a); or

(ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries would not be lower than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(7) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

(8) Indebtedness represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations, in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (8) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (i) $100.0 million and (ii) 3.5% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(9) Indebtedness in respect of (i) workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal, advance payment, customs, value added or other tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and completion Guarantees and warranties provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or Guarantees Incurred in the ordinary course of business; (ii) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence; (iii) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business; (iv) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, Guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (v) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(10) Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for guarantees, indemnification, obligations in respect of earn-outs or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or Person or any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring or disposing of such business or assets or such Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition or disposition); provided that the maximum liability of the Company and their Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness in connection with a disposition shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the fair market value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Company and their Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(11) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (11) and then outstanding, will not exceed 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of their Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock or an Excluded Contribution) or otherwise contributed to the equity of the Company (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock or an Excluded Contribution), in each case, subsequent to the Issue Date; provided, however, that (i) any such Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall not increase the amount available for making Restricted Payments to the extent the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries Incur Indebtedness in reliance thereon and (ii) any Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall be excluded for purposes of Incurring Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (11) to the extent the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes a Restricted Payment;

-58-

(12) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantors in an aggregate amount not to exceed (x) the greater of (a) $75.0 million and (b) 2.5% of Total Assets of Non-Guarantors at any time outstanding and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and (y) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantors organized in China, Indonesia, Korea and/or Taiwan constituting working capital facilities in an aggregate principal amount, for all such Non-Guarantors pursuant to this clause (y) collectively, not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(13) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any current or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Parents (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates or heirs of such employee, director or consultant), to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Parents that is permitted by Section 3.3;

(14) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(15) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of (a) $150.0 million and (b) 5.0% of Total Assets.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 3.2:

(1) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 3.2(a) and (b), the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify, and may from time to time reclassify, such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness under one of the clauses of Section 3.2(a) or (b);

(2) additionally, all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness may later be classified as having been Incurred pursuant to any type of Indebtedness described in one of the clauses of Section 3.2(a) or (b) so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification;

(3) all Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date under the Credit Agreement shall be deemed initially Incurred on the Issue Date under Section 3.2(b)(1);

(4) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;

(5) if obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments are Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or Section 3.2(b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(8), (b)(11), (b)(12) or (b)(15) and the letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included;

(6) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

-59-

(7) Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this covenant permitting such Indebtedness; and

(8) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined on the basis of GAAP.

Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not treated as Indebtedness due to a change in GAAP will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 3.2. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (ii) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 3.2, the Company shall be in default of this Section 3.2).

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.2, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

The Company and the Issuers shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness and Permitted Debt) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be; provided that for purposes of this Indenture, (1) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured and (2) senior Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or is secured by different collateral.

SECTION 3.3. Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries), except:

(i) dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Company; and

(ii) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis);

-60-

(2) purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(3) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (i) any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case, due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement and (ii) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(4)); or

(4) make any Restricted Investment;

(any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (4) are referred to herein as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

(i) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result immediately thereafter therefrom);

(ii) the Company is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a) after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment; or

(iii) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date (including Permitted Payments permitted by Sections 3.3(b)(6), (10), (11) and (17), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 3.3(b)) would exceed the sum of (without duplication):

(A) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from January 1, 2013 to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit);

(B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) or as a result of a merger or consolidation (the consideration for which is Capital Stock of the Company) with another Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company subsequent to the Issue Date or otherwise contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company subsequent to the Issue Date (other than (x) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of its employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (y) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities to the extent that any Restricted Payment has been made from such proceeds in reliance on Section 3.3(b)(6) and (z) Excluded Contributions);

(C) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance or sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) by the Company or any Restricted

-61-

Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) plus, without duplication, the amount of any cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange;

(D) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received by means of: (a) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date or (ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent of the amount of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant Section 3.3(b)(10) or (14) or to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; and

(E) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred), as determined in good faith by the Company at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger or consolidation or transfer of assets (after taking into consideration any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or merged or consolidated or Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred), other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(10) or (14) or to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment.

(b) Section 3.3(a) will not prohibit any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Payments”):

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Indebtedness if, at the date of any irrevocable redemption notice, such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or a substantially concurrent contribution to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or through an Excluded Contribution) of the Company; provided, however, that to the extent so applied, the Net Cash Proceeds, or fair market value of property or assets or of marketable securities, from such sale of Capital Stock or such contribution will be excluded from Section 3.3(a)(iii);

(3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2;

-62-

(4) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2;

(5) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary:

(i) from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under Section 3.5, but only if the Company shall have first complied with the terms described under Section 3.5 and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to any offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock;

(ii) to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”), but only if the Company shall have first complied with Section 3.9 and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or

(iii) consisting of Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred (A) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) otherwise in connection with or contemplation of such acquisition);

(6) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its Parents held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Parents (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, trusts or heirs of such employee, director or consultant) either pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or upon the termination of such employee, director or consultant’s employment or directorship; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (6) do not exceed (i) prior to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering of the common stock or common equity interests of the Company or any Parent, $15.0 million in any calendar year and (ii) following the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering of the common stock or common equity interests of the Company or any Parent, $30.0 million (in each case, with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over for the two immediately succeeding calendar years); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(i) the cash proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Company (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or an Excluded Contribution), Capital Stock of any of the Company’s Parents, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Parents that occurred after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 3.3(a)(iii); plus

(ii) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

(iii) the amount of any Restricted Payments made in previous calendar years pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 3.3(b)(6);

-63-

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any of the Company’s Parents or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Parents will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture;

(7) the declaration and payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in accordance with Section 3.2;

(8) purchases, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof;

(9) dividends, loans, advances or distributions to any Parent or other payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Parent in amounts equal to (without duplication):

(i) the amounts required for any Parent to pay any Parent Expenses or any Related Taxes;

(ii) amounts constituting or to be used for purposes of making payments to the extent specified in Sections 3.8(b)(2), (3), (5) and (12); or

(iii) the amounts required for any common parent to pay Consolidated Taxes;

(10) the declaration and payment by the Company of, dividends on the common stock or common equity interests of the Company or any Parent following a public offering of such common stock or common equity interests in an amount not to exceed 6% of the proceeds received by or contributed to the Company in or from any public offering in any fiscal year;

(11) payments by the Company, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent to make payments, to holders of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of such Capital Stock; provided, however, that any such payment, loan, advance, dividend or distribution shall not be for the purpose of evading any limitation of this covenant or otherwise to facilitate any dividend or other return of capital to the holders of such Capital Stock (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors);

(12) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(13) (i) the declaration and payment of dividends on Designated Preferred Stock of the Company issued after the Issue Date; and (ii) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock; provided, however, that, in the case of clause (i), the amount of all dividends declared or paid pursuant to this clause shall not exceed the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company or the aggregate amount contributed in cash to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution of the Company), from the issuance or sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; provided further, in the case of clause (ii), that for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance on a pro forma basis the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a);

(14) dividends or other distributions of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (unless the Unrestricted Subsidiary’s principal asset is cash and Cash Equivalents);

-64-

(15) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of Securitization Assets and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation, in each case in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(16) [Reserved];

(17) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result therefrom), Restricted Payments (including loans or advances) in an aggregate amount outstanding at the time made not to exceed $75.0 million; and

(18) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result therefrom), mandatory redemptions of Disqualified Stock issued as a Restricted Payment permitted to be made under this covenant, or as a Permitted Payment (excluding this clause (18)) or as consideration for a Permitted Investment; provided that the aggregate amount of such Disqualified Stock redeemed will not, in each case, exceed the amount of such initial Restricted Payment, Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 3.3, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Payments described in clauses (1) through (18) above, or is permitted pursuant to Section 3.3(a), the Company will be entitled to classify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment or later reclassify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 3.3.

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount, and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment, property or assets other than cash shall be determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.3, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, declare or pay any cash dividend or make any cash distribution on or in respect of the Company’s Capital Stock or purchase for cash or otherwise acquire for cash any Capital Stock of the Company or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company, for the purpose of paying any cash dividend or making any cash distribution to, or acquiring Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Company for cash from, the Permitted Holders, in each case by means of utilization of the cumulative Restricted Payment credit provided by the first paragraph of this covenant, unless at the time and after giving effect to such payment, the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than 3.50 to 1.00.

SECTION 3.4. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions in cash or otherwise on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

provided that (x) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock or other common equity interests and (y) the subordination

-65-

of (including the application of any standstill requirements to) loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

(b) Section 3.4(a) shall not prohibit:

(1) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to (i) any Credit Facility or (ii) any other agreement or instrument, in each case, in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date;

(2) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents;

(3) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(4) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument of a Person or relating to any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of a Person, entered into on or before the date on which such Person was acquired by or merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or was designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or on which such agreement or instrument is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company or was merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or entered into in contemplation of or in connection with such transaction) and outstanding on such date; provided that, for the purposes of this clause (4), if another Person is the Successor Company, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary when such Person becomes the Successor Company;

(5) any encumbrance or restriction (i) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract or agreement, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract or agreement; (ii) contained in mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements permitted under this Indenture or securing Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted under this Indenture to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer or encumbrance of the property or assets subject to such mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements; or (iii) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired;

(7) any encumbrance or restriction imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition to a Person of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(8) customary provisions in leases, licenses, joint venture agreements and other similar agreements and instruments;

(9) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority;

(10) any encumbrance or restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

-66-

(11) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Hedging Obligations;

(12) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be Incurred or issued subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant Section 3.2 that impose restrictions solely on the Foreign Subsidiaries party thereto or their Subsidiaries;

(13) restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing that, in the good faith determination of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect such Securitization Facility;

(14) any encumbrance or restriction arising pursuant to an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.2 if (A) the Company determines at the time of issuance of such Indebtedness that such encumbrances or restrictions will not adversely affect, in any material respect, the Issuers’ ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (B) such encumbrance or restriction applies only during the continuance of a default relating to such Indebtedness;

(15) any encumbrance or restriction existing by reason of any Lien permitted under Section 3.6; or

(16) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise refinances, an agreement or instrument referred to in clauses (1) to (15) of this Section 3.4(b) or this clause (16) (an “Initial Agreement”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in clauses (1) to (15) of this Section 3.4(b) or this clause (16); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or instrument are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders taken as a whole than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such refinancing or amendment, supplement or other modification relates (as determined in good faith by the Company).

SECTION 3.5. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap);

(2) in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions (except to the extent the Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap), at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and

(3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be:

(i) to the extent such Net Available Cash constitutes proceeds from Collateral, (A) to prepay, repay or purchase any Payment Priority Obligation (in each case, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that, in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (i), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related commitment

-67-

(if any) to be reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased; or (B) to prepay, repay or purchase Pari Passu Secured Obligations at a price of no more than 100% of the principal amount of such Pari Passu Secured Obligations plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of such prepayment, repayment or purchase; provided that, to the extent the Company redeems, repays or repurchases Pari Passu Secured Obligations pursuant to this clause (B), the Issuers shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 5.7, through open market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Disposition Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid;

(ii) if the assets subject to such Asset Disposition are the property or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, to permanently reduce Indebtedness of (i) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) an Issuer or a Guarantor;

(iii) to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects to invest in or commit to invest in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 365 days from the later of (A) the date of such Asset Disposition and (B) the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided, that a binding commitment to make an investment of Additional Assets shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Available Cash from the date of such commitment; provided further that (x) in the event such binding commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net Available Cash is so applied, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may satisfy its obligation as to any Net Available Cash by entering into another binding commitment within 180 days of such cancellation or termination of the prior binding commitment and (y) if such investment is not consummated within the period set forth in clause (x) or such binding commitment is terminated, the Net Available Cash not so applied will be deemed to be Excess Proceeds (as defined below); provided further (i) that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may only enter into such a commitment under clause (x) one time with respect to each Asset Disposition and (ii) the assets (including Capital Stock) acquired with the Net Available Cash of an Asset Disposition of Collateral are pledged as Collateral; or

(iv) to the extent such Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition does not constitute proceeds from Collateral, any of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 3.5(a)(3);

provided that, pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (i) or clause (ii) above, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise use such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

(b) Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested or committed to be applied or invested as provided in Section 3.5(a) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds” under this Indenture. On the 366th day after an Asset Disposition, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds under this Indenture exceeds $50.0 million, the Company will within 10 Business Days be required to make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture and, to the extent the Company elects, to all holders of other outstanding Pari Passu Secured Obligations, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Secured Obligations to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in respect of the Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and Pari Passu Secured Obligations, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, and, with respect to the Notes, in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers will deliver notice of such Asset Disposition Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Asset Disposition and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice.

-68-

(c) To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Pari Passu Secured Obligations so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes surrendered in any Asset Disposition Offer by Holders and other Pari Passu Secured Obligations surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Excess Proceeds shall be allocated by the Company among the Notes and Pari Passu Secured Obligations to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Secured Obligations, subject to adjustments so that no Note in an unauthorized amount remains outstanding. Upon completion of any Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

(d) To the extent that any portion of Net Available Cash payable in respect of the Notes is denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the amount thereof payable in respect of the Notes shall not exceed the net amount of funds in U.S. dollars that is actually received by the Company upon converting such portion into U.S. dollars.

(e) For the purposes of Section 3.5(a)(2) hereof, the following will be deemed to be cash:

(1) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities contingent or otherwise of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Guarantor or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor) and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Asset Disposition;

(2) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition;

(3) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Disposition, to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition;

(4) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company (other than Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock) received after the Issue Date from Persons who are not the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

(5) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by Holdings, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Dispositions having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this covenant that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (i) $100.0 million and (ii) 3.5% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

(f) The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 3.5. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

SECTION 3.6. Limitation on Liens. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or permit to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of their property or assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after that date, which Lien secures any Indebtedness.

-69-

Any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount with respect to such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness as a result of any accrual of interest, any accretion of accreted value or liquidation preference, any amortization of original issue discount, any fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms or the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class.

SECTION 3.7. Limitation on Guarantees.

(a) The Company shall not permit any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or guarantee all or a portion of the Credit Agreement), other than a Guarantor, to Guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Guarantor unless:

(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture and joinder or supplement to the Registration Rights Agreement providing for a senior Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, and (i) executes and delivers a supplement or joinder to the Security Documents, or executes and delivers new Security Documents, and any Intercreditor Agreement and takes all actions required thereunder to perfect the Liens created thereunder; provided that

(i) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes; and

(ii) if the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee is subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes or the Guarantor’s Guarantee is subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

(2) such Restricted Subsidiary providing a Note Guarantee in accordance with this covenant will (i) waive and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee until payment in full of Obligations under this Indenture; and (ii) deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that:

(i) such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and

(ii) such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principals of equity;

provided that this Section 3.7 shall not be applicable (i) to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) in the event that the Guarantee of the Company’s obligations under the Notes or this Indenture by such Subsidiary would not be permitted by applicable law, rule or regulation.

-70-

In addition, upon the Guarantee by any Post-Closing Guarantor that was previously prohibited under applicable law, rule or regulation from Guaranteeing the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture becoming permissible under all such laws, rules and regulations, such Post-Closing Guarantor will promptly execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to this Indenture and joinder or supplement to the Registration Rights Agreement providing for a senior Guarantee by such Post-Closing Guarantor and supplement or joinder to the Security Documents.

(b) The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall only be required to comply with the 30-day period described in Section 3.7(a).

(c) If any Guarantor becomes an Immaterial Subsidiary, the Company shall have the right, by execution and delivery of a supplemental indenture to the Trustee, to cause such Immaterial Subsidiary to cease to be a Guarantor, subject to the requirement described in the first paragraph above that such Subsidiary shall be required to become a Guarantor if it ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary (except that if such Subsidiary has been properly designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary it shall not be so required to become a Guarantor or execute a supplemental indenture).

SECTION 3.8. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate value in excess of $5.0 million unless:

(1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction or the execution of the agreement providing for such transaction in arm’s length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate; and

(2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate value in excess of $10.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors.

Any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in clause (2) of this Section 3.8(a) if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, if any.

(b) The provisions of clause (a) of Section 3.8 shall not apply to:

(1) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 3.3, or any Permitted Investment;

(2) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, or entering into, or maintenance of, any employment, consulting, collective bargaining or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, related trust or other similar agreement and other compensation arrangements, options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits or consultants’ plans (including valuation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or similar plans, programs or arrangements) or indemnities provided on behalf of officers, employees, directors or consultants approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(3) any Management Advances and any waiver or transaction with respect thereto;

-71-

(4) any transaction between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary (or entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) the payment of compensation, reasonable fees and reimbursement of expenses to, and customary indemnities (including under customary insurance policies) and employee benefit and pension expenses provided on behalf of, directors, officers, consultants or employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (whether directly or indirectly and including through any Person owned or controlled by any of such directors, officers or employees);

(6) the entry into and performance of obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any transaction arising out of, and any payments pursuant to or for purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument in effect as of or on the Issue Date, as these agreements and instruments may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or refinanced from time to time in accordance with the other terms of this covenant or to the extent not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect;

(7) any customary transaction with a Securitization Entity effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing;

(8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business, which are fair to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, or are on terms no less favorable than those that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(9) any transaction between or among the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Company or an Associate or similar entity that would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any Permitted Holder owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Affiliate, Associate or similar entity;

(10) issuances or sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) without duplication in respect of payments made pursuant to clause (12) hereof, (i) payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly) of annual management, consulting, monitoring or advisory fees and related expenses and (ii) payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly, including through any Parent) for financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, in each case pursuant to the Advisory Agreements as in effect on the Issue Date (or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the Advisory Agreements in effect on the Issue Date));

(12) payment to any Permitted Holder of all reasonable out of pocket expenses Incurred by such Permitted Holder in connection with its direct or indirect investment in the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(13) the Offering and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Offering;

-72-

(14) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 3.8(a)(1);

(15) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any equityholders’ agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto) to which it is party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under any future amendment to the equityholders’ agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date will only be permitted under this clause (15) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respects; and

(16) any purchases by the Company’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Company’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates.

SECTION 3.9. Change of Control.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all of the outstanding Notes as set forth under Section 5.7(a) or Section 5.7(b), the Issuers shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will send notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.9 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuers;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

(3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

(4) that unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuers to purchase such Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of

-73-

business on the second Business Day prior to the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

(7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to at least $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000;

(8) if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and

(9) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuers, consistent with this Section 3.9, that a Holder must follow.

The Paying Agent will promptly deliver to each Holder of the Notes tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be paid on the relevant interest payment date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date.

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent permitted by law,

(1) accept for payment all Notes issued by them or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuers.

(c) The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption of all outstanding Notes has been given pursuant to this Indenture as described in Section 5.7, unless and until there is a default in the payment of the redemption price on the applicable Redemption Date or the redemption is not consummated due to the failure of a condition precedent contained in the applicable redemption notice to be satisfied.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.9, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making the Change of Control Offer.

(e) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuers, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuers as described in this Section 3.9, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered

-74-

and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption.

(f) The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Section 14(e) under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

SECTION 3.10. Reports.

(a) Whether or not required by the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, if not filed electronically with the SEC through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval System (or any successor system), the Company will furnish to the Trustee, within 15 days after the time periods specified below:

(1) all financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K (or Form 6-K and Form 20-F if the Company is a “foreign private issuer” as such term is defined under the rules and regulations of the SEC), if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants but within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year and within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter; and

(2) as promptly as provided in the SEC’s rules and regulations, all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K (or Form 6-K if the Company is a “foreign private issuer” as such term is defined under the rules and regulations of the SEC) if the Company were required to file such reports;

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC (i) if the SEC does not permit such filing or (ii) prior to the consummation of an exchange offer or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement as required by the Registration Rights Agreement, so long as, if clause (i) or (ii) is applicable, the Company makes available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case, at the Company’s expense and by the applicable date the Company would be required to file such information pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence. To the extent any such information is not so filed or furnished, as applicable, within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently filed or furnished, as applicable, the Company will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under Section 6.1 if Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Company will agree that, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(b) Substantially concurrently with the furnishing or making such information available to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.10(a), the Company shall also post copies of such information required by Section 3.10(a) on a website (which may be nonpublic and may be maintained by the Company or a third party) to which access will be given to Holders, prospective investors in the Notes (which prospective investors shall be limited to “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act or non-U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) that certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company), and securities analysts and market making financial institutions that are reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

-75-

(c) The Company will also hold quarterly conference calls for the Holders of the Notes to discuss financial information for the previous quarter (it being understood that such quarterly conference call may be the same conference call as with the Company’s equity investors and analysts). The conference call will be following the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Company and not later than 10 Business Days from the time that the Company distributes the financial information as set forth in Section 3.10(b). No fewer than two days prior to the conference call, the Company will issue a press release announcing the time and date of such conference call and providing instructions for Holders, securities analysts and prospective investors to obtain access to such call.

(d) For so long as any direct or indirect parent company of the Company is a guarantor of the Notes, the Company may satisfy its obligations pursuant to this Section 3.10 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

SECTION 3.11. Future Guarantors.

(a) If on or after the Issue Date (1) a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) that is not a Guarantor Guarantees the Credit Agreement, or (2) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) and such Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantees the Credit Agreement, then, in each case, the Company shall cause such Wholly Owned Subsidiary to become a Guarantor and execute and deliver (within five Business Days of guaranteeing the Credit Agreement or becoming a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, as the case may be) to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, pursuant to which such Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis with the other Guarantors, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, in respect of the Notes on a senior basis and all other obligations under this Indenture.

(b) The Company shall not permit any Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary), directly or indirectly, to Guarantee the Credit Agreement unless such Wholly Owned Subsidiary (i) is a Guarantor or (ii) within five Business Days executes and delivers (x) to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, pursuant to which such Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis with the other Guarantors, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, in respect of the Notes on a senior basis and all other obligations under this Indenture and (y) a supplement or joinder agreement to the applicable Security Documents or new Security Documents, as applicable, providing for a pledge of its assets as Collateral for the Notes to the same extent as set forth in such Security Documents and take all actions required under such Security Documents to perfect the Liens created under such Security Documents.

SECTION 3.12. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuers will maintain an office or agency where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where, if applicable, the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be delivered. The corporate trust office of the Trustee, which initially shall be located at Wilmington Trust, National Association, Corporate Capital Markets, 00 Xxxxx Xxxxx Xxxxxx, Xxxxx 0000, Xxxxxxxxxxx, XX 00000-0000, Attention: Trinseo Materials Administrator, shall be such office or agency of the Issuers, unless the Issuers shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made at the corporate trust office of the Trustee, and the Issuers hereby appoint the Trustee as their agent to receive all such presentations and surrenders.

The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

-76-

SECTION 3.13. Corporate Existence. Except as otherwise provided in this Article III, Article IV and Section 10.2(b), the Issuers will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect their corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuers and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Issuers shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise or the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of any Restricted Subsidiary if the respective Board of Directors or, with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together would not be a Significant Subsidiary), senior management of the Company determines that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not, and will not be, disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

SECTION 3.14. Payment of Taxes. The Company shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Company), are being maintained in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment will not be disadvantageous to the Holders.

SECTION 3.15. Payments for Consent. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes or the Guarantees unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

SECTION 3.16. Compliance Certificate. The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuers an Officer’s Certificate, one of the signers of which shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company, stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an Officer of the Company he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during the previous fiscal year; provided that no such Officer’s Certificate shall be required for any fiscal year ended prior to the Issue Date. If such Officer does have such knowledge, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and the action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto. The Issuers also shall comply with TIA Section 314(a)(4) and 314(b).

SECTION 3.17. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee or as necessary to comply with future developments or requirements, the Issuers will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.18. Conduct of Business. The Issuers will not, and will not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any businesses other than any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto or any reasonable extension thereof.

SECTION 3.19. Statement by Officers as to Default. Each Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the Issuers become aware of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default, its status and the actions which the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 3.20. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not

-77-

cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 3.3 or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate of the Company certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the covenant described above under Section 3.3. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under the covenant described under Section 3.2, the Company will be in default of such covenant.

The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described under Section 3.2, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate of the Company certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions.

SECTION 3.21. Suspension of Certain Covenants. Following the first day the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, then beginning on that day and ending on a Reversion Date (such period a “Suspension Period”), the Issuers and the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.7, 3.8 and 4.1(a)(3).

On each Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified as having been Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or one of the clauses of Section 3.2(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to the Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or (b), such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 3.2(b)(5)(iii). On or after the Reversion Date, all Liens created during the Suspension Period will be considered Permitted Liens. Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.3 will be made as though Section 3.3 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.3(a). As described above, however, no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of the Reversion Date occurring on the basis of any actions taken or the continuance of any circumstances resulting from actions taken or the performance of obligations under agreements entered into by the Issuers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period (other than agreements to take actions after the Reversion Date that would not be permitted outside of the Suspension Period entered into in contemplation of the Reversion Date).

During the Suspension Period, no Restricted Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

-78-

The Issuers, in an Officer’s Certificate, shall provide the Trustee notice of any Covenant Suspension or Reversion Date. The Trustee will have no obligation to (i) independently determine or verify if such events have occurred, (ii) make any determination regarding the impact of actions taken during the Suspension Period on the Issuers’ future compliance with their covenants or (iii) notify the Holders of a Covenant Suspension or Reversion Date.

SECTION 3.22. Trinseo Finance. Trinseo Finance shall not hold any material assets, become liable for any material obligations, engage in any trade or business, or conduct any business activity, other than (1) the Incurrence of Indebtedness as the co-obligor or guarantor, as the case may be, of the Notes and any other Indebtedness that is permitted to be Incurred by the Company under Section 3.2; provided, however, that the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are not retained by Trinseo Finance and (2) activities incidental thereto. Neither Holdings, the Company nor any of their Restricted Subsidiaries shall engage in any transactions with Trinseo Finance in violation of the immediately preceding sentence. Trinseo Finance shall be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company that is a Domestic Subsidiary at all times. This Indenture also provides that for so long as the Company or any successor obligor under the Notes is a Person that is not incorporated in the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia there will be a co-issuer of the Notes that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company (or such successor thereof) that is a Domestic Subsidiary.

SECTION 3.23. Further Assurances and After-Acquired Collateral.

Subject to the applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents and this Indenture (including with respect to Excluded Assets), the Issuers and the Guarantors shall execute any and all further documents, financing statements, applications for registration, agreements and instruments, and take all further action that may be required under applicable law, or that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interest created or intended to be created by the Security Documents in the Collateral.

From and after the Issue Date, upon the acquisition by an Issuer or any Guarantor of property which constitutes Collateral (“After-Acquired Collateral”), such Issuer or such Guarantor shall, within 90 days with respect to any Material Real Property, and to the extent required by this Indenture and/or the Security Documents with respect to all other After-Acquired Collateral, execute and deliver such security instruments, financing statements, certificates and opinions of counsel as shall be necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent a perfected security interest, subject only to Permitted Liens, in such After-Acquired Collateral and to have such After-Acquired Collateral added to the Collateral, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such After-Acquired Collateral to the same extent and with the same force and effect. The Issuers and the Guarantors may, in their reasonable discretion and in consultation with the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, extend such 90 day time period with respect to any such document to such longer time period as the such Issuers or such Guarantors reasonably believe in good faith is necessary to deliver such documents; provided that such Issuers and such Guarantors shall provide written notice of any such extension to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, which notice shall describe in reasonable detail the Collateral to which the applicable documents apply and the length of such extension.

SECTION 3.24. Insurance. The Issuers and each Guarantor will:

(a) keep their respective material insurable properties adequately (as reasonably determined by the Company) insured in all material respects at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers to such extent and against such risks, including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage, as is customary with companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations; and

(b) within 60 days of the Issue Date (or such longer period as the Issuers may, in their reasonable discretion and in consultation with the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, reasonably believe in good faith is necessary) cause all such policies covering any Collateral to be endorsed or otherwise amended to include the Collateral Agent as an additional insured, loss payee or mortgagee, as applicable, and, to the extent available on commercially reasonable terms, cause each such policy to provide that it shall not be canceled, modified or not renewed (i) by reason of nonpayment of premium unless not less than 10 days’ prior written notice thereof is given by the insurer to the Collateral Agent (giving the Collateral Agent the right to cure defaults in the payment of premiums) or (ii) for any other reason unless not less than 30 days’ prior written notice thereof is given by the insurer to the Collateral Agent.

-79-

SECTION 3.25. Impairment of Security Interest. The Issuers shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to (x) take or knowingly or negligently omit to take any action that would have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral (it being understood, subject to the proviso below, that the Incurrence of Permitted Liens shall under no circumstances be deemed to materially impair the security interest with respect to the Collateral) for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the Holders, or (y) grant to any Person other than the Collateral Agent or, if different, the collateral agent under any Payment Priority Obligations, Pari Passu Secured Obligations or Junior Secured Obligations that are subject to an Intercreditor Agreement, for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and the Holders and the other beneficiaries described in the Security Documents and any Intercreditor Agreement, and other than with respect to any Permitted Lien, any interest whatsoever in any of the Collateral, except that (i) the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Permitted Liens and the Collateral may be discharged and released in accordance with this Indenture, the applicable Security Documents or any Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) the applicable Security Documents may be amended from time to time to cure any ambiguity, mistake, omission, defect or inconsistency therein. Each of the Issuers and each Guarantor will, at its sole cost and expense, execute and deliver all such agreements and instruments as necessary, or as the Trustee or Collateral Agent reasonably requests, to more fully or accurately describe the assets and property intended to be Collateral or the obligations intended to be secured by the Security Documents.

SECTION 3.26. Post-Closing Obligations. The Issuers shall use their reasonable best efforts to deliver to the Initial Purchasers, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent the documents described in Schedule I within 90 days after the Closing Date. The Issuers may, in their reasonable discretion and in consultation with the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, extend such 90 day time period with respect to any such document to such longer time period as the Issuers reasonably believe in good faith is necessary to deliver such documents; provided that the Issuers shall provide written notice of any such extension to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, which notice shall describe in reasonable detail the Collateral to which the applicable documents apply and the length of such extension.

ARTICLE IV

SUCCESSOR ISSUER; SUCCESSOR PERSON

SECTION 4.1. Merger and Consolidation.

(a) Neither Issuer will consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be a Person organized and existing under the laws of any member state of the European Union, the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not either of the Issuers) will expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, amendment or other instrument executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture, the Security Documents and any Intercreditor Agreement, and the Successor Company shall cause such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, filed and recorded in such jurisdictions as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien on the Collateral owned by or transferred and if such Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation organized or existing under such laws;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, either (a) the Successor Company with respect to such Issuer would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a) hereof or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be lower than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; and

-80-

(4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture, amendment or other instrument (if any) comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture, amendment or other instrument (if any) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and is a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company (in each case, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee); provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of clauses (2) and (3) above.

(b) For purposes of this Section 4.1, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

(c) The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, either Issuer under this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents and any Intercreditor Agreement, but in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor company will not be released from its obligations under this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents or any Intercreditor Agreement.

(d) Notwithstanding Section 4.1(a)(2), (a)(3) and (a)(4) (which do not apply to transactions referred to in this sentence), (i) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any other Restricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding Section 4.1(a)(2) and (a)(3) (which do not apply to the transactions referred to in this sentence), the Company may consolidate or otherwise combine with or merge into an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of the Company, reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of the Company.

(e) The foregoing provisions (other than the requirements of Section 4.1(a)(2)) shall not apply to the creation of a new Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

(f) No Guarantor may:

(1) consolidate with or merge with or into any Person; or

(2) sell, convey, transfer or dispose of, all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to, any Person; or

(3) permit any Person to merge with or into the Guarantor, unless:

(i) the other Person is the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction; or

(ii) (A) either (x) a Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Guarantor”) expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes and the Security Documents and any Intercreditor Agreement and the Successor Guarantor shall cause such amendments, supplements or other instruments to be executed, filed and recorded in such jurisdiction as may be required by applicable law to preserve and protect the Lien in the Collateral owned by or transferred to such Successor Guarantor; and

-81-

(B) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing; or

(iii) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture.

ARTICLE V

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 5.1. Notices to Trustee. If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 5.7 hereof, they must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:

(1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

(2) the redemption date;

(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and

(4) the redemption price.

Any optional redemption referenced in such Officer’s Certificate may be canceled by the Issuers at any time prior to notice of redemption being sent to any Holder and thereafter shall be null and void.

SECTION 5.2. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to Section 5.7 or purchased in an Asset Disposition Offer pursuant to Section 3.5 or a redemption pursuant to Section 5.9, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase (a) if the Notes are in global form, on a pro rata basis or by lot or such similar method in accordance with the procedures of DTC and (b) if the Notes are in definitive form, on a pro rata basis (subject to adjustments to maintain the authorized Notes denomination requirements) except:

(1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or

(2) if otherwise required by law.

No Notes in an unauthorized denomination or less than $2,000 in aggregate principal amount shall be redeemed in part. In the event of partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

The Trustee will promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

SECTION 5.3. Notice to Redemption. Except in the case of redemptions due to changes in tax law (for which the time frame will be as set forth in Section 5.9), at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuers will send or cause to be delivered electronically or mailed by first class mail postage prepaid, a

-82-

notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be delivered electronically or mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article VIII or XI hereof.

The notice will identify the Notes (including the CUSIP or ISIN number) to be redeemed and will state:

(1) the redemption date;

(2) the redemption price;

(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(6) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

SECTION 5.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 5.3 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. Notice of redemption may, at the Issuers’ option and discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering (in the case of redemption pursuant to Section 5.7(b) hereof) or Change of Control (in the case of purchase pursuant to Section 3.9 hereof), as the case may be.

SECTION 5.5. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. Prior to 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuers will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest and Additional Interest, if any, will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the

-83-

preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 3.1 hereof.

SECTION 5.6. Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuers will issue and, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 5.7. Optional Redemption.

(a) At any time prior to August 1, 2015, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100.000% of the principal amount of such Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date.

(b) At any time and from time to time on or after August 1, 2015, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on the year indicated below:


12-month period commencing August 1 in year	Percentage
2015		104.375	%
2016		102.188	%
2017 and thereafter		100.000	%

(c) At any time and from time to time prior to August 1, 2015, the Issuers may redeem Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuers from any Qualified Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 108.750% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes); provided that

(1) In each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the related Qualified Equity Offering, and

(2) not less than 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Notes held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries).

(d) In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to August 1, 2015, the Issuers may redeem up to 10% of the original principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture (including any Additional Notes) during each twelve-month period commencing with the Issue Date at a redemption price of 103% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

(e) Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.

(f) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 5.7 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6.

(g) If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such interest record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuers.

-84-

SECTION 5.8. Mandatory Redemption. The Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes; provided, however, that under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes under Section 3.5 and Section 3.9. The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

SECTION 5.9. Tax Redemption. The Issuers may, at their option, redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at any time upon not less than 15 days’ nor more than 30 days’ notice to the holders (which notice shall be given in accordance with the procedures described in Section 5.3), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date, premium, if any, and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due and which will become due on the date of redemption as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if the Issuers determine in good faith that the Issuers or any Guarantor is, or on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes, would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts in respect of the Notes pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof, which the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be, cannot avoid by the use of reasonable measures available to it (including, without limitation, making payment through a paying agent located in another jurisdiction), as a result of:

(a) any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation which becomes effective on or after the Issue Date or, in the case of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction that arises after the Issue Date, the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under this Indenture (or, in the case of a successor Person, after the date of assumption by the successor person of the obligations thereunder); or

(b) any change in the official application, administration, or interpretation of the laws, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including a holding, judgment, or order by a court of competent jurisdiction), on or after the Issue Date or, in the case of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction has changed since the Issue Date, the date on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction under this Indenture (or, in the case of a successor Person, after the date of assumption by the successor person of the obligations thereunder) (each of Section 5.9(a) and (b), a “Change in Tax Law”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers may not redeem the Notes under this provision if a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction changes under this Indenture and the Issuers are obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law of such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction which was officially announced at the time the latter became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction.

In the case of a Guarantor that becomes a party to this Indenture after the Issue Date or a successor person (including a surviving entity), the Change in Tax Law must become effective after the date that such entity (or another person organized or resident in the same jurisdiction) becomes a party to the Indenture. In the case of Additional Amounts required to be paid as a result of the Issuers conducting business in any jurisdiction (an “Additional Taxing Jurisdiction”) other than a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, the Change in Tax Law must become effective after the date the Issuers begin to conduct the business giving rise to the relevant withholding or deduction.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given (a) earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuers or any Guarantor, would be obliged to make such payment of Additional Amounts or withholding if a payment in respect of the Notes or the relevant Guarantee, as the case may be, were then due and (b) unless at the time such notice is given, the obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.

Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

-85-

Prior to the mailing of any notice of redemption pursuant to this Section 5.9, the Issuers will deliver to the Trustee:

(a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that the Issuers are entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuers so to redeem have occurred (including that such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the Issuers or any Guarantor or surviving entity taking reasonable measures available to it); and

(b) a written opinion of independent legal counsel of recognized standing qualified under the laws of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that the Issuers or a Guarantor or surviving entity, as the case may be, is or would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law.

The Trustee will accept, and shall be entitled to rely on, such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, without further inquiry.

The foregoing provisions shall apply mutatis mutandis to any successor Person, after such successor Person becomes a party to this Indenture, with respect to a Change in Tax Law occurring after the time such successor person becomes a party to this Indenture.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.1. Events of Default. Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

(1) default in any payment of interest, if any, on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30 days;

(2) default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under this Indenture when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

(3) failure to comply with the Issuers’ agreements or obligations contained in this Indenture for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is created after the date hereof, which default:

(A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods provided in such Indebtedness); or

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity;

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $75.0 million or more;

(5) failure by the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (determined as of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company for a fiscal period end provided as required under Section 3.10) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $75.0 million other than any judgments covered by indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy companies, which final judgments

-86-

remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

(6) any Note Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect, other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or a Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee, other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or upon release of such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture;

(7) any Security Document shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof including as a result of a transaction not prohibited by this Indenture) cease to create a valid and perfected lien, with the priority required by the Security Documents or any security interest in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, subject to Permitted Liens, (i) except to the extent that any such perfection or priority is not required pursuant to this Indenture or Security Documents or results from the failure of the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Security Documents and (ii) except as to Collateral consisting of Material Real Property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied coverage;

(8) the failure by the Issuers or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Security Documents, except for a failure that would not be material to the Holders of the Notes and would not materially affect the value of the Collateral taken as a whole (together with the defaults described in clauses (7) and (8) the “security default provisions”).

(9) the Issuers or any Guarantor that is Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding;

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding;

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

(E) consents to or acquiesces in the institution of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding against it; or

(F) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;

(10) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;

(B) appoints a Custodian of the Company, any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, for substantially all of its property;

-87-

(C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company, any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

(D) any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order, decree or relief remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;

(E) a Luxembourg Insolvency Event occurs in relation to the Company or any Guarantor organized under the laws of Luxembourg that is a Significant Subsidiary; or

(F) a German Insolvency Event occurs in relation to any Guarantor organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany that is a Significant Subsidiary.

SECTION 6.2. Acceleration. If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (9) or (10) of Section 6.1) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately.

In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.1, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 30 days after such Event of Default arose:

(1) (x) the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full; or

(y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(z) if the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured; and

(2) (a) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; and

(b) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.

If an Event of Default described in clause (9) or (10) of Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or Collateral Agent may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee or Collateral Agent may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.

-88-

In addition to the right of acceleration set forth in Section 6.2 hereof, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall, subject to the provisions contained in the Intercreditor Agreement, have the right to exercise remedies with respect to the Collateral such as foreclosure, as are available under this Indenture, the Security Documents and at law.

SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, (a) waive, by their consent (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture or the Security Documents except (i) a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on a Note or (ii) a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.2 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected and (b) rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, (2) all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration, (3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, Additional Interest, if any, premium, if any, and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid, (4) the Issuers have paid the Trustee its compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances and (5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (4) of Section 6.1, the Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right.

SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee or the Collateral Agent. However, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or the Notes or, subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2, that the Trustee or the Collateral Agent determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee or the Collateral Agent in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any such action hereunder, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it against all fees, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses) that may be caused by taking or not taking such action.

SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits. Subject to Section 6.7, a Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture, the Notes or the Collateral unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holders have offered in writing the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the written request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

-89-

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 6.6), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in clause (1) or (2) of Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7.

SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers, their Subsidiaries or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may be entitled and empowered to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7.

No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to or Collateral Agent authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 6.10. Priorities.

(a) If the Trustee or Collateral Agent collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI it shall, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, pay out the money or property in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent for amounts due to them under Section 7.7;

SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal of, or premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal of, or premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest), respectively; and

THIRD: to the Issuers, or to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Guarantor, to such Guarantor.

(b) The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the Issuers shall send or cause to be sent to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party

-90-

litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Issuers, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and any other Security Document and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates, opinions or orders furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) this Section 7.1(c) does not limit the effect of clause (b) of this Section 7.1;

(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5; and

(4) No provision of this Indenture or the Notes shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or there-under or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.1.

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers.

(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1 and to the provisions of the TIA.

-91-

SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 7.1:

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. The Trustee shall receive and retain financial reports and statements of the Company as provided herein, but shall have no duty to review or analyze such reports or statements to determine compliance with covenants or other obligations of the Company and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any matter contained therein.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts and powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel relating to this Indenture or the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder or under the Notes in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default or whether any entity or group of entities constitutes a Significant Subsidiary unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or of any such Significant Subsidiary is received by the Trustee at the corporate trust office of the Trustee specified in Section 3.12, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(g) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(h) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture or the Notes at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby.

(i) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any fact or matter unless such fact or matter is known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee.

(j) Whenever in the administration of this Indenture or the Notes the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder or thereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate.

-92-

(k) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine, during business hours and upon reasonable notice, the books, records and premises of the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, personally or by agent or attorney, at the sole cost of the Issuers and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(l) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

(m) The Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes.

(n) In no event shall the Trustee be liable to any Person for special, punitive, indirect, consequential or incidental loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage.

(o) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuers shall be sufficient if signed by one Officer of the Issuers.

(p) The Trustee shall have no obligation to monitor or verify compliance by the Issuers or any Guarantor with any other obligation or covenant under this Indenture or the Security Documents.

(q) The Trustee shall have no duty (i) to cause the maintenance of any insurance, (ii) with respect to the payment or discharge of any tax, charge or Lien levied against any part of the Collateral, or (iii) with respect to the filing or refiling of any Security Document.

(r) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to the Holders to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, statements made in, or conditions of any of the Collateral or Security Documents or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of the Issuers.

(s) The Trustee shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens upon any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part.

SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuers; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest under the TIA, the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign.

SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Collateral, the Security Documents or the Notes, shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes, shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee or any money paid to the Issuers pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuers in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

-93-

SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Trust Officer has actual knowledge thereof, the Trustee shall send electronically or by first class mail to each Holder at the address set forth in the Notes Register notice of the Default or Event of Default within 60 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, or premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note (including payments pursuant to the optional redemption or required repurchase provisions of such Note), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long it in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each January 31 beginning January 31, 2014, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such January 31 that complies with TIA Section 313(a) if and to the extent required thereby. The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2), to the extent applicable. The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Issuers agree to notify the Trustee promptly in writing whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 313(d).

SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity. For the purposes of this Section 7.7, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent are referred to collectively as the “Indemnified Parties,” and each as an “Indemnified Party.” The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation with respect to the Trustee, for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder and, with respect to the Collateral Agent, for its acceptance of the Security Agreement and services thereunder, as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s and the Collateral Agent’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall reimburse the Trustee and the Collateral Agent promptly upon request for all out-of-pocket disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s and the Collateral Agent’s agents and counsel.

The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each Indemnified Party and its officers, directors, employees, agents and any predecessor trustee or collateral agent and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for, and hold each Indemnified Party harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder or under the Security Documents (including the reasonable costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or the Security Documents against the Issuers or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.7) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, any Issuer or any Guarantor or any holder of Pari Passu Indebtedness, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder or under the Security Documents) (but excluding taxes imposed on such Persons in connection with compensation for such administration or performance). Each Indemnified Party shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by such Indemnified Party to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Issuers and the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and each Indemnified Party may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither Issuer nor any Guarantor need reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith or incurred by the Collateral Agent through the Collateral Agent’s own willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith, in each case as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction. Neither Issuer nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.7 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3.6 hereof, to secure the payment obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

-94-

When the Trustee and Collateral Agent incur expenses or render services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(9) or Section 6.1(10) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuers in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the removed Trustee in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such removal and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Issuers’ written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuers shall remove the Trustee if:

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Issuers or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee as described in the preceding paragraph, or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall, at the expense of the Issuers, promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the Issuers’ expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in TIA Section 310(b), any Holder, who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. The predecessor Trustee shall have no liability for any action or inaction of any successor Trustee.

SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; provided that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall only apply to its successor or successors by merger, consolidation or conversion.

-95-

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. This Indenture shall always have a Trustee that satisfies the requirements of TIA Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5) in every respect. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuers are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met.

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

SECTION 7.12. Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents. The Trustee is hereby directed and authorized by the Holders to execute and deliver, or cause the Collateral Agent to execute and deliver, the Inter-creditor Agreement and any other Security Documents to the extent it is named as a party therein. Whether or not so expressly stated therein, in entering into, or taking (or forbearing from) any action under or pursuant to, the Inter-creditor Agreement or any other Security Document, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent each shall have all of the rights, immunities, indemnities and other protections granted to it under this Indenture (in addition to those that may be granted to it under the terms of such other agreement or agreements). Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to execute and deliver the Intercreditor Agreement for the benefit of the Holders and make the representations of such Holder set forth therein, and each Holder agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In addition, each Holder acknowledges and agrees that the Collateral Agent has entered into the Intercreditor Agreement and other Security Documents for the benefit of the Holders and agrees to be bound by all of the provisions thereof.

SECTION 7.13. Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuers. Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Issuers may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three Business Days after the date any Officer of the Issuers actually receives such application, unless any such Officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

ARTICLE VIII

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.1. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance. The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.

SECTION 8.2. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Issuers and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.5 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture and the Security Documents (and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute such instruments as requested by the Issuers acknowledging the same) and to have cured all then existing Events of Default, except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(1) the rights of Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust referred to in Section 8.4 hereof;

-96-

(2) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Notes under Article II concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and Section 3.12 hereof concerning the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Issuers’ or Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) this Article VIII with respect to provisions relating to Legal Defeasance.

SECTION 8.3. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Issuers and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 3.16, 3.19, 3.21, 3.24 and 4.1 (except Sections 4.1(a)(1) and (a)(2)) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Guarantees, the Issuers and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, Sections 6.1(3) (other than with respect to Sections 4.1(a)(1) and (a)(2)), 6.1(4), 6.1(5), 6.1(6), 6.1(9) (with respect only to a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), and 6.1(10) (with respect only to a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

SECTION 8.4. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof:

(1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, due on the Notes issued under this Indenture on the stated maturity date or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions;

(A) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

(B) since the issuance of such Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law;

-97-

in either case stating that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel in the United States shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States stating that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which either Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which either Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

(6) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Sections 547 and 548 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally under any applicable U.S. federal or state law;

(7) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying, defrauding or preferring any creditors of the Issuers or any Guarantor or others; and

(8) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

SECTION 8.5. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to Section 8.6 hereof, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including an Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuers will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. The indemnity contained herein shall survive discharge of the Indenture and any resignation or removal of the Trustee.

-98-

Notwithstanding anything in this Article VIII to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Issuers any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.4 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 8.6. Repayment to the Issuers. Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person or (if then held by the Issuers) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuers for payment thereof unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense of the Issuers cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuers.

SECTION 8.7. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuers make any payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders. Notwithstanding Section 9.2 hereof, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuers, the Trustee and, to the extent applicable, the Collateral Agent may amend or supplement any Note Documents or Security Documents and the Issuers may direct the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, and the Trustee and Collateral Agent shall, enter into an amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement or any Future Intercreditor Agreement, to:

(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect, error or inconsistency or reduce the minimum denomination of the Notes;

(2) provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under any Note Document;

(3) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(4) add to the covenants or provide for a Note Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;

-99-

(6) make such provisions as necessary (as determined in good faith by the Company) for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(7) provide for any Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Note Guarantee in accordance with Section 3.2, to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to add security to or for the benefit of the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination, discharge or retaking of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination, discharge or retaking is provided for under this Indenture;

(8) evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements hereof or to provide for the accession by the Trustee to any Note Document;

(9) make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes;

(10) mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Holders of the Notes and any holders of Pari Passu Secured Obligations, as additional security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the Notes Obligations or any Pari Passu Secured Obligations subject to the Security Documents in any property or assets, including any which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or in which a Lien is required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise, in each case as certified in an Officer’s Certificate;

(11) provide for the release of Collateral from the Lien pursuant to this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and any Future Intercreditor Agreement when permitted or required by the Security Documents, this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Future Intercreditor Agreement, in each case as certified in an Officer’s Certificate; or

(12) provide for the succession of parties (other than the Issuers and the Guarantors) to the Security Documents, and other changes that are ministerial and administrative in nature, in connection with any refinancing, amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, restructuring, replacement, supplement or other modification of any agreement governing Pari Passu Secured Obligations and to which such parties are bound, in each case solely to the extent not prohibited by this Indenture; or

(13) conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement to any provision under the heading “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision under the heading “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum is intended to be a verbatim recitation or a summary of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement as certified in an Officer’s Certificate.

In connection with any amendment, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel each stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture, the Credit Agreement and each agreement governing any Pari Passu Secured Obligations, as applicable, and that all conditions precedent to such amendment required by this Indenture, the Credit Agreement and each agreement governing any Pari Passu Secured Obligations, as applicable, have been complied with.

Subject to Section 9.2, upon the request of the Issuers and upon receipt by the Trustee and Collateral Agent, if applicable, of the documents described in Sections 9.6 and 13.4 hereof, the Trustee and Collateral Agent, if applicable,

-100-

will join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture or other Notes Document unless such amended or supplemental indenture or other Notes Document affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

After an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.1 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.1.

SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders. Except as provided below in this Section 9.2, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee and, to the extent applicable, the Collateral Agent may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee, the Notes issued hereunder the Intercreditor Agreement or any Security Document (together, the “Notes Documents”) with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and issued under this Indenture, including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, and, subject to Sections 6.4 and 6.7 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the Security Documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes). Section 2.12 hereof and Section 13.6 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.2.

Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by a resolution of their Boards of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture or other Notes Document, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 9.6 and 13.4 hereof, the Trustee (and the Collateral Agent to the extent a party to the applicable document) will join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture or other Notes Document unless such amended or supplemental indenture or other Notes Document affects the Trustee’s or the Collateral Agent’s, as applicable, own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or other Notes Document or otherwise, in which case the Trustee (and the Collateral Agent to the extent a party to the applicable document) may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture or other Notes Document.

Without the consent of each Holder of Notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes issued thereunder and held by a nonconsenting Holder:

(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

(2) reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any such Note (other than provisions relating to Section 3.5 and Section 3.9);

(3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any such Note;

(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any such Note or change the time at which any such Note may be redeemed, in each case as set forth in Section 5.7;

(5) make any such Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note;

(6) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

-101-

(7) waive a Default or Event of Default with respect to the nonpayment of principal, premium or interest (except pursuant to a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(8) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require the Holders’ consent described in this Section 9.2.

In addition, without the consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% in principal amount of Notes then outstanding, no amendment, supplement or waiver may (i) release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents (except as permitted by the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents) or (ii) make any change in this Indenture, any Security Document, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Future Intercreditor Agreement that has the effect of altering the priority of the liens or the application of proceeds of the Collateral in a manner that would adversely affect the Holders in any material respect.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder of the Notes given in connection with a tender or exchange of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange.

After an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement.

SECTION 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

-102-

SECTION 9.6. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture or amendment to other Notes Document authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuers may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of each Issuer approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 hereof) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.4 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and is valid, binding and enforceable against the Issuers in accordance with its terms.

ARTICLE X

GUARANTEE

SECTION 10.1. Guarantee. Subject to the provisions of this Article X, each Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder of the Notes, and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) on the Notes and all other obligations and liabilities of the Issuers under this Indenture (including without limitation interest (including Additional Interest) accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Issuers or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or Post-Petition Interest is allowed in such proceeding and the obligations under Section 7.7), and the Registration Rights Agreement (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations will rank equally in right of payment with other Indebtedness of such Guarantor, except to the extent such other Indebtedness is subordinate to the Guaranteed Obligations, in which case the obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantees will rank senior in right of payment to such other Indebtedness.

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in this Section 10.1, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in this Section 10.1 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

Each Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuers of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations.

Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a Guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

Except as set forth in Section 10.2, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Guaranteed Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by

-103-

(a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuers or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder for the Guaranteed Obligations; (e) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor; (f) any change in the ownership of an Issuer; (g) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (h) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee herein shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations or such Guarantor is released from its Guarantee in compliance with Section 10.2, Article VIII or Article XI. Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of an Issuer or otherwise.

In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of an Issuer to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest) on such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) (including interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Issuers or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or Post-Petition Interest is allowed in such proceeding).

Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee.

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all fees, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section.

The Guarantee set forth in this Section 10.1 is a continuing guarantee of payment and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge.

(a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder, only to the extent limited by the provisions of local law applicable to each Guarantor, will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under its applicable federal, foreign or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

-104-

(b) Any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

(1) a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (other than to the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture;

(2) the designation in accordance with this Indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the occurrence of any event after which the Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) defeasance or discharge of the Notes pursuant to Article VIII or Article XI;

(4) to the extent that such Guarantor is not an Immaterial Subsidiary solely due to the operation of clause (i) of the definition of “Immaterial Subsidiary,” upon the release of the guarantee referred to in such clause;

(5) to the extent such Guarantor is also a guarantor or borrower under the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date and, at the time of release of its Guarantee, (x) has been released from its guarantee of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with the Credit Agreement (except a release by or as a result of a payment thereon), (y) is not an obligor under any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(3)) and (z) does not guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Guarantors; or

(6) upon the achievement of Investment Grade Status by the Notes; provided that such Note Guarantee shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date.

(c) To the extent that the jurisdiction of formation of any Guarantor that becomes party to this Indenture requires additional local law provisions with respect to such new Guarantor’s Guarantee obligations, such provisions shall be set out in the supplemental indenture and shall be deemed incorporated by reference into this Section 10.2. It being understood that such provisions shall be reasonable and customary as determined by the Issuers and certified as such in an Officer’s Certificate.

SECTION 10.3. Right of Contribution. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that any Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made on the obligations under the Guarantees, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against the Issuers or any other Guarantor who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.

SECTION 10.4. No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by each Guarantor hereunder, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Issuers or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Issuers or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Issuers on account of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guaranteed Obligations.

SECTION 10.5. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors. Each Subsidiary and other Person which is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 3.7, subject to Section 10.2 hereof, shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary or other Person shall become a Guarantor under this Article X and shall guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and, subject to customary exceptions, is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

-105-

ARTICLE XI

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 11.1. Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

(a) either:

(1) all Notes that have been authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or (ii) will become due and payable within one year at their Stated Maturity or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee, in the name, and at the expense of the Issuers;

(b) the Issuers have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the date of deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;

(c) no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes issued hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which an Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which an Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

(d) the Issuers or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Issuers under this Indenture; and

(e) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes issued hereunder at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuers shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (a)(2) of this Section 11.1, the provisions of Sections 8.6 and 11.2 hereof will survive.

SECTION 11.2. Application of Trust Money. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.6 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including an Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

-106-

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 11.1 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof; provided that if the Issuers have made any payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE XII

SECURITY

SECTION 12.1. Security Documents.

(a) The payment of the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise and whether by the Issuers pursuant to the Notes or by the Guarantors pursuant to the Guarantees, the payment of all other Notes Obligations and the performance of all other Notes Obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the Security Documents are secured as provided in the Security Documents which the Issuers and the Guarantors have entered into and will be secured by Security Documents hereafter delivered as required or permitted by this Indenture. The Issuers shall, and shall cause each Guarantor to, and each Guarantor shall, make all filings (including filings of continuation statements and amendments to Uniform Commercial Code (or other personal property security legislation) financing statements that may be necessary to continue the effectiveness of such Uniform Commercial Code (or other personal property security legislation) financing statements) and all other actions as are necessary or required by the Security Documents to maintain (at the sole cost and expense of the Issuers and the Guarantors) the security interest created by the Security Documents in the Collateral (other than with respect to any Collateral the security interest in which is not required to be perfected or maintained under the Security Documents) as a perfected security interest subject only to Liens permitted by Section 3.6.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing,

(1) the Capital Stock and other securities of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that are owned by the Issuers or any Guarantor shall constitute Collateral only to the extent that such Capital Stock and other securities can secure the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness without Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (“Rule 3-16”) (or any other law, rule or regulation) requiring separate financial statements of such Subsidiary to be filed with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) (the “Rule 3-16 Exception”);

(2) in the event that Rule 3-16 requires or is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Subsidiary of the Issuers, due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock and other securities secure the Notes and/or Pari Passu Indebtedness, then the Capital Stock and other securities of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed not to be part of the Collateral (but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement) and in such event, the Security Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder or a holder of Pari Passu Indebtedness, to the extent necessary to release the security interests in the shares of Capital Stock and other securities that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Collateral; and

(3) in the event that Rule 3-16 is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to permit (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would permit) the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock and other securities to secure the Notes and/or Pari Passu Indebtedness in excess of the amount then pledged without the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of the Issuer or such Subsidiary, then the Capital Stock and other securities of the Company or of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed to be a part

-107-

of the Collateral (but only to the extent permitted without becoming subject to any such financial statement requirements). In such event, the Security Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder or holders of Pari Passu Lien Indebtedness, to the extent necessary to subject to the Liens under the Security Documents such additional Capital Stock and other securities and the Company or such Subsidiary shall take all actions necessary to perfect such Liens.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Capital Stock excluded as Collateral under the Rule 3-16 Exception will not be excluded from the collateral securing the Credit Agreement as a result of being excluded as Collateral.

SECTION 12.2. Collateral Agent.

(a) The Trustee and each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes hereby designates and appoints the Collateral Agent as its agent (or, if applicable, as security trustee in accordance with the terms of any security trustee deed to be entered into in connection with the Security Documents) under this Indenture and the Security Documents and the Trustee and each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Indenture and the Security Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms of this Indenture and the Security Documents, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Section 12.2 are solely for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and none of the Trustee, any of the Holders nor any of the Guarantors shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions contained herein other than as expressly provided in Section 12.5. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Indenture and the Security Documents, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities hereunder nor shall the Collateral Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with the Trustee, any Holder or any Guarantor, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Indenture and the Security Documents or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” in this Indenture with reference to the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties. The Collateral Agent shall act pursuant to the instructions of the Holders and the Trustee with respect to the Security Documents and the Collateral. For the avoidance of doubt, the Collateral Agent shall have no discretion under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents and shall not be required to make or give any determination, consent, approval, request or direction without the written direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes or the Trustee, as applicable. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Trustee may direct the Collateral Agent in connection with any action required or permitted by this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) None of the Collateral Agent or any of its respective Affiliates shall (i) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or under or in connection with any Collateral Document or the transactions contemplated thereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii) be responsible in any manner to any of the Trustee or any Holder for any recital, statement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by the Issuers or any Guarantor or Affiliate of any Issuer, any Guarantor, or any officer or Affiliate thereof, contained in this or any Indenture, any Security Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Collateral Agent under or in connection with, this or any other Indenture or the Security Documents, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this or any other Indenture or the Security Documents, or for any failure of any Guarantor or any other party to this Indenture or the Security Documents to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. None of the Collateral Agent or any of its respective Affiliates shall be under any obligation to the Trustee or any Holder to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this or any other Indenture or the Security Documents or to inspect the properties, books, or records of any Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their Affiliates.

(c) The Collateral Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory,

-108-

underwriting, or other business with the Issuers, any Guarantor and their Affiliates as though it was not the Collateral Agent hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Trustee. The Trustee and the Holders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, the Collateral Agent or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Issuer, Guarantor or their respective Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of, any such Issuer, any such Guarantor or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to the Trustee or the Holders. Nothing herein shall impose or imply any obligation on the part of the Collateral Agent to advance funds.

(d) The Collateral Agent is authorized and directed to (i) enter into the Security Documents, (ii) bind the Holders on the terms as set forth in the Security Documents and (iii) perform and observe its obligations under the Security Documents.

(e) The Trustee agrees that it shall not (and shall not be obligated to), and shall not instruct the Collateral Agent to, unless specifically requested to do so by a majority of the Holders, take or cause to be taken any action to enforce its rights under this Indenture or against any Guarantor, including the commencement of any legal or equitable proceedings, to foreclose any Lien on, or otherwise enforce any security interest in, any of the Collateral.

If at any time or times the Trustee shall receive (i) by payment, foreclosure, set-off or otherwise, any proceeds of Collateral or any payments with respect to the Obligations arising under, or relating to, this Indenture, except for any such proceeds or payments received by the Trustee from the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, or (ii) payments from the Collateral Agent in excess of the amount required to be paid to the Trustee pursuant to Article VI, the Trustee shall promptly turn the same over to the Collateral Agent, in kind, and with such endorsements as may be required to negotiate the same to the Collateral Agent.

(f) The Collateral Agent is each Holder’s agent for the purpose of perfecting the Holders’ security interest in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code (or other personal property security legislation) can be perfected only by possession. Should the Trustee obtain possession of any such Collateral, upon request from the Issuers, the Trustee shall notify the Collateral Agent thereof, and, promptly upon the Collateral Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to the Collateral Agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Collateral Agent’s instructions.

(g) The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Trustee or any of the Holders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by any Issuer, any Guarantor or is cared for, protected, or insured or has been encumbered, or that the Collateral Agent’s Liens have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, maintained or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to determine whether all or the Issuer or any Guarantor’s property constituting collateral intended to be subject to the Lien and security interest of the Security Documents has been properly and completely listed or delivered, as the case may be, or the genuineness, validity, marketability or sufficiency thereof or title thereto, or to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure, or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities, and powers granted or available to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture or any Security Document, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission, or event related thereto, the Collateral Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion given the Collateral Agent’s own interest in the Collateral and that the Collateral Agent shall have no other duty or liability whatsoever to the Trustee or any Holder as to any of the foregoing.

(h) No provision of this Indenture or any Security Document shall require the Collateral Agent (or the Trustee) to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or to take or omit to take any action hereunder or thereunder or take any action at the request or direction of Holders (or the Trustee in the case of the Collateral Agent) if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Security Documents, in the event the Collateral Agent is entitled or required to commence an action to foreclose or otherwise exercise its remedies to acquire control or possession of the Collateral, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to commence any such action or exercise any remedy or to inspect or conduct any studies of any property under the mortgages or take any such other action if the Collateral Agent has determined that the Collateral Agent may incur personal liability as a result of the presence at, or release on or from, the Collateral or such property, of any hazardous substances unless the Collateral Agent has received

-109-

security or indemnity from the Holders in an amount and in a form all satisfactory to the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion, protecting the Collateral Agent from all such liability. The Collateral Agent shall at any time be entitled to cease taking any action described in this clause if it no longer reasonably deems any indemnity, security or undertaking from the Issuers or the Holders to be sufficient.

(i) The Collateral Agent (i) shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers, or for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Collateral Agent was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts, (ii) shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Collateral Agent may agree in writing with the Issuers (and money held in trust by the Collateral Agent need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law), (iii) the Collateral Agent may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. The grant of permissive rights or powers to the Collateral Agent shall not be construed to impose duties to act.

(j) Neither the Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall be liable for delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its control. Such acts shall include but not be limited to acts of God, strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of war, epidemics, governmental regulations superimposed after the fact, fire, communication line failures, computer viruses, power failures, earthquakes or other disasters. Neither the Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall be liable for any indirect, special or consequential damages (included but not limited to lost profits) whatsoever, even if it has been informed of the likelihood thereof and regardless of the form of action.

(k) The Collateral Agent may execute any of its duties under this Indenture and the Security Documents by or through agents, in particular, but not limited to, the Credit Agreement Collateral Agent (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.

(l) In each case that the Collateral Agent may or is required hereunder or under any other Notes Document to take any action (an “Action”), including without limitation to make any determination, to give consents, to exercise rights, powers or remedies, to release or sell Collateral or otherwise to act hereunder or under any other Notes Document, the Collateral Agent may seek direction from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. The Collateral Agent shall not be liable with respect to any Action taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with the direction from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. If the Collateral Agent shall request direction from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with respect to any Action, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such Action unless and until the Collateral Agent shall have received direction from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and the Collateral Agent shall not incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining.

(m) The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, unless a Trust Officer of the Collateral Agent shall have received written notice from the Trustee or the Issuers referring to this Indenture, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” The Collateral Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Trustee in accordance with Article VI or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes subject to this Section 12.3.

(n) To the extent not inconsistent, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to all of the protections, immunities, indemnities, rights and privileges of the Trustee set forth in this Indenture.

-110-

(o) With respect to any Lien, including any Lien on Shared Collateral (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) created under a Security Document which is governed by Swiss law (“Swiss Liens”):

(i) the Collateral Agent or the Bailee Collateral Agent (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) (and each agent or sub-agent or attorney-in-fact appointed by the Collateral Agent or the Bailee Collateral Agent from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement) shall accept, hold, administer and, as the case may be, enforce or release:

(A) any Swiss Liens of accessory (akzessorische) nature;

(B) the benefit of this paragraph; and

acting in its own name and as representative (direkter Stellvertreter) in the name and for account of each Holder and the Trustee;

(ii) the Collateral Agent or the Bailee Collateral Agent (and each agent or sub-agent or attorney-in-fact appointed by the Collateral Agent or the Bailee Collateral Agent from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement) shall accept, hold, administer and, as the case may be, enforce or release:

(A) any Swiss Liens of non-accessory (nicht akzessorische) nature;

(B) the benefit of this paragraph; and

as fiduciary (treuhänderisch) in its own name but for the benefit of itself, each Holder and the Trustee;

(iii) each present and future Holder and the Trustee hereby appoints, instructs and authorizes the Collateral Agent or the Bailee Collateral Agent (and each agent or sub-agent or attorney-in-fact appointed by the Collateral Agent or the Bailee Collateral Agent from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement) to accept, hold, administer and, as the case may be, enforce or release the Swiss Liens, the benefit of sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) and any proceeds of such Swiss Liens as set out in sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) and in the respective Security Document constituting the Swiss Liens, and the Collateral Agent or the Bailee Collateral Agent (and each agent or sub-agent or attorney-in-fact appointed by the Collateral Agent or the Bailee Collateral Agent from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement) hereby accepts such appointment;

(iv) each present and future Holder and the Trustee hereby instructs and authorizes the Collateral Agent or the Bailee Collateral Agent (and each agent or sub-agent or attorney-in-fact appointed by the Collateral Agent or the Bailee Collateral Agent from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement) in its own name and/or in the name of such Holder or the Trustee as its representative (direkter Stellvertreter), as the case may be to give effect to this Section 12.2.(o), to enter into, amend, replace, rescind or terminate any Security Document or other document constituting the Swiss Liens, to exercise any rights and perform any obligations thereunder and to make and accept all declarations and take all actions it considers necessary or useful in connection with any Swiss Liens on behalf of such Holder or the Trustee; and

(v) this Section 12.2.(o) shall apply mutatis mutandis to all other provisions of this Notes Documents under which the Collateral Agent or the Bailee Collateral Agent (and each agent or sub-agent or attorney-in-fact appointed by the Collateral Agent or the Bailee Collateral Agent from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement) and/or Trustee is instructed and authorized (i) to accept, hold, administer and, as the case may be, enforce or release the Swiss Liens and/or (ii) to enter into, amend, replace, rescind or terminate any Security Document or other document constituting the Swiss Liens and to exercise any rights and perform any obligations thereunder.

SECTION 12.3. Recordings and Opinions. The Issuers shall comply with the provisions of § 314(b) of the Trust Indenture Act following qualification of this Indenture pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act, except to the

-111-

extent not required as set forth in any SEC regulation or interpretation (including any no-action letter issued by the Staff of the SEC, whether issued to the Issuers or any other Person), subject to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act. Following such qualification, to the extent the Issuers are required to furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 314(b)(2), the Issuers shall furnish such opinion as required by such Section.

SECTION 12.4. Authorization of Actions To Be Taken.

(a) Each Holder of Notes, by its acceptance thereof, consents and agrees to the terms of each Security Document and the Intercreditor Agreement, as originally in effect and as amended, restated, amended and restated, renewed, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms or the terms of this Indenture, authorizes and directs the Trustee to authorize the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents to which it is a party, authorizes and empowers the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement and any Future Intercreditor Agreement and authorizes and empowers the Trustee and the Collateral Agent to bind the Holders of Notes pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Future Intercreditor Agreement, make the representations of the Holders set forth therein and to perform their respective obligations and exercise their respective rights and powers under the Security Documents ; provided, however, that if any of the provisions of the Security Documents limit, qualify or conflict with the duties imposed by the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trust Indenture Act shall control.

(b) The Trustee is authorized and empowered to receive for the benefit of the Holders of Notes any funds collected or distributed under the Security Documents to which the Trustee is entitled pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Indenture.

(c) Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee is authorized and empowered to institute and maintain, or direct the Collateral Agent to institute and maintain, such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to protect or enforce the Liens of the Security Documents or to prevent any impairment of Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents.

SECTION 12.5. Release of Collateral.

(a) Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents to secure the Obligations at any time or from time to time as required by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Future Intercreditor Agreement and this Section 12.5. The applicable assets included in the Collateral shall be automatically released from the Liens securing the Notes Obligations under any one or more of the following circumstances:

(1) in part, in connection with any sale or other disposition of Collateral to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, an Issuer or a Guarantor (but excluding any transaction subject to Section 4.1), if such sale or other disposition does not violate the covenant described under Section 3.5 or is otherwise permitted in accordance with this Indenture;

(2) in part, in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Note Guarantee pursuant to Section 10.2, the release of the Capital Stock, of such Guarantor;

(3) in part, as permitted under Section 9.1 or 9.2;

(4) in whole, upon payment in full of principal, interest and all other obligations on the Notes or defeasance or discharge of the Notes as provided in Sections 8.1 and 11.1;

(5) in part, if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 3.20, the release of the Capital Stock of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

-112-

(6) in part, as to any property constituting Collateral (A) that constitutes an “Excluded Asset” pursuant to a transaction permitted by this Indenture; or (B) as described in the first sentence of this Section 12.5(a) in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement or any Future Intercreditor Agreement; and

(7) as otherwise permitted in accordance with this Indenture.

In addition, the Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes and the Guarantees also will be released upon (i) payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes and all other Notes Obligations that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, is paid or (ii) a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under Article VIII or a discharge in accordance with Article XI.

Upon the receipt of an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuers, as described in Section 12.5(b) below and any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release prepared by the Issuers, the Collateral Agent shall execute, deliver or acknowledge such instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Future Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to execute, deliver or acknowledge any instruments of termination, satisfaction or release unless, in each case, an Officer’s Certificate certifying that all conditions precedent, including, without limitation, this Section 12.5 and § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act, have been met and stating under which of the circumstances set forth in Section 12.5(a) above the Collateral is being released have been delivered to the Collateral Agent. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely on Officer’s Certificates delivered to the Collateral Agent under this Section 12.5(b).

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the release prior to the unconditional and irrevocable repayment and discharge of the First Lien Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) of any Collateral subject to a Security Document governed by Swedish law will always be subject to the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent and the Credit Agreement Collateral Agent (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), such consent to be granted at the Collateral Agent’s and the Credit Agreement Collateral Agent’s (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) sole discretion. Each Holder authorizes the Collateral Agent and the Credit Agreement Collateral Agent (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to release such Collateral at its discretion without notification or further reference to the Holders.

SECTION 12.6. Permitted Releases Not to Impair Lien; Trust Indenture Act Requirements.

(a) To the extent applicable, the Issuers shall cause § 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, relating to reports, and § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act, relating to the release of property or securities subject to the Lien of the Security Documents, to be complied with.

(b) Any release of Collateral permitted by Section 12.5 hereof shall be deemed not to impair the Liens under this Indenture and the Security Documents in contravention thereof and any Person that is required to deliver a certificate or opinion under this Indenture or any Collateral Document shall be entitled to rely upon the foregoing as a basis for delivery of such certificate or opinion. Any certificate or opinion required by § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act may be made by an officer or legal counsel, as applicable, of the Issuers except in cases where § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person shall be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected by or reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 12.6, the Issuers shall not be required to comply with all or any portion of § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act if it determines, in good faith based on the written advice of counsel, a copy of which written advice shall be provided to the Trustee, that under the terms of § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to any release or series of releases of Collateral

-113-

SECTION 12.7. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee. In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article XII upon the Issuers with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuers or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article XII; and if the Trustee or the Collateral Agent shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be.

SECTION 12.8. No Fiduciary Duties: Collateral. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to any holder of Pari Passu Secured Obligations and neither shall be liable to any such holder of Pari Passu Secured Obligations if the Trustee shall in good faith mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders of Notes or to the Issuers or to any other person cash, property or securities to which any holder of Pari Passu Secured Obligations shall be entitled by virtue of this Article or otherwise. With respect to the holder of Pari Passu Secured Obligations, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent undertake to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article and the Intercreditor Agreement and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holder of Pari Passu Secured Obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee or the Collateral Agent.

Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto and neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest in the Collateral. Each of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property and shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Collateral, by reason of the act or omission of any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, in good faith.

SECTION 12.9. Intercreditor Agreement Controls. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and all rights and obligations of the Trustee hereunder are expressly subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and any Future Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) the exercise of any right or remedy by the Trustee hereunder is subject to the limitations and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Future Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement or any Future Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Indenture, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement or such Future Intercreditor Agreement shall govern.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 13.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall control. Each Guarantor in addition to performing its obligations under its Guarantee shall perform such other obligations as may be imposed upon it with respect to this Indenture under the TIA.

-114-

SECTION 13.2. Notices. Any notice, request, direction, consent or communication made pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes shall be in writing and delivered in person, sent by facsimile, sent by electronic mail in PDF format, delivered by commercial courier service or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

if to the Issuers or to any Guarantor:

Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A.

Attention: its general partner

Fax: x000 00 00 00 00

9A, rue Xxxxxxx Xxxxxxxx, X-0000 Xxxxxxxx

Xxxxx Xxxxx xx Xxxxxxxxxx

with a copy to:

Trinseo S.A.

Attention: its board of directors

Fax: x000 00 00 00 00

9A, rue Xxxxxxx Xxxxxxxx, X-0000 Xxxxxxxx

Xxxxx Xxxxx xx Xxxxxxxxxx

with a copy to:

Trinseo S.A.

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Fax: (000) 000-0000

0000 Xxxxxxxxxxxx Xxxxxxxxx

Xxxxx 000

Xxxxxx, Xxxxxxxxxxxx 00000

with a copy to:

Xxxxxxxx & Xxxxx LLP

000 Xxxxxxxxx Xxx

Xxx Xxxx, Xxx Xxxx 00000

Facsimile: (000) 000-0000

Attention: Xxxxxx X. Xxxxx

if to the Trustee, at its corporate trust office, which corporate trust office for purposes of this Indenture is at the date hereof located at:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Corporate Capital Markets

00 Xxxxx Xxxxx Xxxxxx, Xxxxx 0000

Xxxxxxxxxxx, XX 00000-0000

Attention: Trinseo Materials Administrator

Facsimile: (000) 000-0000

The Issuers or the Trustee by written notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Any notice or communication to the Issuers or the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered or if delivered electronically, in PDF format; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and seven calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee). Any notice or communication to the Trustee shall be deemed delivered upon receipt.

Any notice or communication sent to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears in the Notes Register and shall be sufficiently given if so sent within the time prescribed.

-115-

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption or purchase) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions from DTC or its designee.

SECTION 13.3. Communication by Holders with Other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

SECTION 13.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuers or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officer’s Certificate in substance satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in substance satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been satisfied and all covenants have been complied with.

SECTION 13.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than a Certificate provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314(e) and shall include:

(1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer’s Certificate or on certificates of public officials.

SECTION 13.6. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers, any Guarantor or any Affiliate of them shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

SECTION 13.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or at meetings of, Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

-116-

SECTION 13.8. Legal Holidays. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York or the state of the place of payment. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

SECTION 13.9. Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE APPLICATION OF THE PROVISIONS SET OUT IN ARTICLES 86 TO 94-8 OF THE LUXEMBOURG LAW ON COMMERCIAL COMPANIES DATED AUGUST 10, 1915 IS EXCLUDED.

SECTION 13.10. Jurisdiction. The Issuers and the Guarantors agree that any suit, action or proceeding against the Issuers or any Guarantor brought by any Holder or the Trustee arising out of or based upon this Indenture, the Guarantee or the Notes may be instituted in any state or Federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of them irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding. The Issuers and the Guarantors irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to any suit, action, or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Indenture, the Guarantee or the Notes, including such actions, suits or proceedings relating to securities laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, in such courts whether on the grounds of venue, residence or domicile or on the ground that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Issuers and the Guarantors agree that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Issuers or the Guarantors, as the case may be, and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which the Issuers or the Guarantors, as the case may be, are subject by a suit upon such judgment.

SECTION 13.11. Waivers of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

SECTION 13.12. USA PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

SECTION 13.13. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or such (other than the Issuers and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees, this Indenture or the Security Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

SECTION 13.14. Successors. All agreements of the Issuers and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

SECTION 13.15. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

-117-

SECTION 13.16. Qualification of Indenture. The Issuers have agreed to qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and to pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuers, the Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuers any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

SECTION 13.17. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 13.18. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable best efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

SECTION 13.19. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 13.20. Jurisdiction. The Issuers consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and any appellate court from thereof. Each of the Issuers and the Guarantors appoint CT Corporation System, located at 000 Xxxxxx Xxxxxx, 00xx Xxxxx, Xxx Xxxx, Xxx Xxxx as its authorized agent upon which service of process may be served in any action or proceeding brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any U.S. Federal court sitting in The City of New York in connection with either this Indenture or the Notes.

SECTION 13.21. Waiver of Immunities. To the extent that the Issuers may in any jurisdiction claim for itself or its assets immunity from a suit, execution, attachment, whether in aid of execution, before judgment or otherwise, or other legal process in connection with and as set out in this Indenture and the Notes and to the extent that in any jurisdiction there may be immunity attributed to the Issuers or the Issuers’ assets, whether or not claimed, the Issuers hereby irrevocably agree for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders not to claim, and irrevocably waive, the immunity to the full extent permitted by law.

SECTION 13.22. Currency Rate Indemnity. The Issuers agree that, if a judgment or order made by any court for the payment of any amount in respect of any Notes is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the Issuers will indemnify the Trustee and the relevant Holder against any deficiency arising from any variation in rates of exchange between the date as of which the U.S. dollars currency is notionally converted into the judgment currency for the purposes of the judgment or order and the date of actual payment. This indemnity constitutes a separate and independent obligation from the Issuers’ other obligations under this Indenture, gives rise to a separate and independent cause of action, applies irrespective of any indulgence granted from time to time and will continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum or sums in respect of amounts due under this Indenture or the Notes.

SECTION 13.23. Interest Act (Canada). For purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), whenever any interest payable by the Issuers on the Notes is calculated using a rate based on a year of 360 days, such rate used pursuant to such calculation, when expressed as an annual rate, is equivalent to (x) the applicable rate based on a year of 360 days, (y) multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the period for which such interest is payable (or compounded) ends, and (z) divided by 360. The principle of deemed reinvestment of interest does not apply to any interest calculation on the Notes with respect to the Issuers, and the rates of interest stipulated in this Notes payable by the Issuers are intended to be nominal rates and not effective rates or yields.

[Signatures on following pages]

-118-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date and year first written above.


TRINSEO MATERIALS OPERATING S.C.A.
acting through its general partner Trinseo Materials S.à x.x.

By:
	Name:	Xxxx X. Xxxxxx
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer and authorized signatory

TRINSEO MATERIALS FINANCE, INC.

By:
	Name:	Xxxx X. Xxxxxx
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer

XXXXXX LLC

By:
	Name:	Xxxx X. Xxxxxx
	Title:	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

XXXXXX US HOLDING, INC.

By:
	Name:	Xxxx X. Xxxxxx
	Title:	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to the Indenture]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee and as Collateral Agent

By:
	Name:	Xxxx X. Xxxxxxxxx
	Title:	Vice President

[Signature page to the Indenture]

SCHEDULE I

POST-CLOSING OBLIGATIONS

Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.

(a) Guarantors. Each entity identified as a Post-Closing Guarantor on Schedule II to the Purchase Agreement (the “Post-Closing Guarantors”) shall become a signatory to the Purchase Agreement pursuant to a joinder agreement, a party to the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a joinder agreement and a party to a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Indenture (the “Supplemental Indenture”) and the applicable Security Documents, subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in the Indenture and the Security Documents (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction) and shall have taken all actions to perfect the Liens created by the Security Documents to which it is a party, other than any actions that are not required by such Security Documents.

(b) Foreign Counsel Collateral Documentation. The Issuers shall, and shall cause each of the Guarantors and the Post-Closing Guarantors to deliver (to the extent not required to be delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to the Indenture and the Security Documents), in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, duly executed instruments, documents and agreements to effect the granting and perfection of a security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes on the assets of the Issuers and the Guarantors (other than Xxxxxx France S.A.S. and Xxxxxx Spain S.L.) that have been pledged as collateral securing the loans under the Credit Agreement.

(c) Foreign Local Counsel Opinions. The Issuers shall have taken those steps necessary for issuing written opinions of local counsel in the following jurisdictions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers and which opinions shall expressly be permitted to be relied upon by the Trustee:

•

Australia

•

Belgium

•

Canada

•

England and Wales

•

France

•

Germany

•

Hong Kong

•

Ireland

•

Italy

•

Luxembourg

•

Netherlands

•

People’s Republic of China

•

Singapore

•

Spain

•

Sweden

•

Switzerland

(d) Mortgaged Properties. With respect to each Mortgaged Property, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall deliver to the Collateral Agent the following documents, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers and the Trustee:

(i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to such Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such property in form suitable for filing or recording in the appropriate filing or recording offices in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected lien on the property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and evidence that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for (it being understood that if a mortgage tax will be owed on the entire amount of the indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Indenture and the Notes, then the amount secured by the Mortgage shall be limited to 100% of the fair market value of the property at the time the Mortgage is entered into if such limitation results in such mortgage tax being calculated based upon such fair market value);

(ii) other than with respect to Mortgaged Properties located in Xxxxxxxxx, Xxxxxxx, Xxxxxxx xxx Xxxxx, Xxxxxxx, Xxxx Xxxx (unless the Initial Purchasers determine, in their reasonable opinion, there to be a defect in such title), Italy, Luxembourg, The Netherlands, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and any other jurisdiction, as reasonably determined by the Initial Purchasers and/or the Trustee, in which title insurance is not customary, fully paid policies of title insurance (or marked-up title insurance commitments having the effect of policies of title insurance) on the Mortgaged Property naming the Collateral Agent as the insured for its benefit and the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes (the “Mortgage Policies”) issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers in form and substance and in an amount reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers (not to exceed 100% of the fair market value of the real properties covered thereby), insuring the Mortgages to be valid subsisting liens on the property described therein, pari passu with the liens of the mortgages securing the obligations pursuant to the Credit Agreement and otherwise, free and clear of all liens other than liens permitted under the Indenture and other liens reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, each of which shall (A) to the extent reasonably necessary, include such reinsurance arrangements (with provisions for direct access, if reasonably necessary) as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, (B) contain a “tie-in” or “cluster” endorsement, if available under applicable law (i.e., policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount) and (C) have been supplemented by such endorsements (or where such endorsements are not available, opinions of special counsel, architects or other professionals reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers) as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers (which may include endorsements on matters relating to usury, first loss, last dollar, zoning, contiguity), doing business, public road access, survey, variable rate, environmental lien, subdivision, mortgage recording tax, address, separate tax lot and so-called comprehensive coverage over covenants and restrictions, in each case only if available after the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts); provided, however, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall not be obligated to obtain a “creditor’s rights” endorsement);

(iii) customary legal opinions (as determined with reference to any applicable jurisdiction), addressed to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of the Notes, reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers and the Trustee as to such matters as the Initial Purchasers and the Trustee may reasonably request;

(iv) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States and, if reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers, to the extent customary in any other jurisdiction in which a Mortgaged Property is located, a survey or express map of such Mortgaged Property certified to the Collateral Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes sufficient in form to delete the standard survey exception in the Mortgage Policies and to provide the Collateral Agent with endorsements to such policy as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers;

(v) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States, a completed “life of loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to such Mortgaged Property (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Issuers and each Guarantor relating thereto);

(vi) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States or to the extent customary in the jurisdiction of where such Mortgaged Property is located, a copy of a certificate as to coverage under the insurance policies required by the Indenture and the Security Documents including, without limitation, flood insurance policies, each of which shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “Standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable or mortgage endorsement (as applicable) and shall name the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, as additional insured, in form and substance satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers; and

(vii) to the extent reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers, copies of, or counterparts addressed to or in favor of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes of, any other documents, instruments or other items delivered to the Administrative Agent in connection with the collateral securing the obligations pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

-2-

(e) Definitions. As used in this Schedule I, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Designated Real Property” means any real property owned or leased by the Issuers or any Guarantor as of the Closing Date that is located in the Federal Republic of Germany or Switzerland.

“Material Real Property” means any real property owned by the Issuers or any Guarantor that is (i) located in the United States and has a fair market value in excess of $5,000,000 (at the Closing Date or, with respect to real property acquired after the Closing Date, at the time of acquisition, in each case, as reasonably determined by the Issuers in good faith) and (ii) located outside of the United States and has a fair market value in excess of $10,000,000 (at the Closing Date or, with respect to real property acquired after the Closing Date, at the time of acquisition, in each case, as reasonably determined by the Issuers in good faith); provided that at no time shall any real property located in the Federal Republic of Germany or Switzerland that is owned or leased by the Issuers or any Guarantor (including any Designated Real Property) be considered Material Real Property.

“Mortgage” means collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds, debentures, hypothecs and mortgages made by the Issuers and the Guarantors in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes creating and evidencing a lien on a Mortgaged Property in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers and the Trustee, and any other mortgages executed and delivered pursuant to the Indenture or the Security Documents.

“Mortgaged Property” shall mean (i) any Material Real Property and (ii) any real property owned or leased by the Issuers or any Guarantor which is subject to a lien in favor of the Administrative Agent securing the obligations pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

“Purchase Agreement” shall mean the purchase agreement dated January 24, 2013 by and among the Issuers and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Barclays Capital Inc., as representatives for the several Initial Purchasers.

-3-

EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL RESTRICTED NOTE]

[Applicable Restricted Notes Legend]

[Depository Legend, if applicable]

[OID Legend, if applicable]

[Temporary Regulation S Legend, if applicable]


No. [ ]		Principal Amount $[ ] [as revised by the
		Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Notes attached hereto]¹
		CUSIP NO.

TRINSEO MATERIALS OPERATING S.C.A

TRINSEO MATERIALS FINANCE, INC.

8.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2019

Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1, commencing on August 1, 2013

Record Dates: January 15 and July 15

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

¹	Insert in Global Notes only.

A-1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed.


TRINSEO MATERIALS OPERATING S.C.A.

By:
		Name:
		Title:

TRINSEO MATERIALS FINANCE, INC.

By:
		Name:
		Title:

TRUSTEE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This Note is one of the 8.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:
		Name:
		Title:


Dated:

A-2

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

TRINSEO MATERIALS OPERATING S.C.A.

TRINSEO MATERIALS FINANCE, INC.

8.750% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2019

Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.

Interest

Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A., a company (société en commandite par actions) organized and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B 153586, and Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (such companies, and their successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuers”), promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8.750% per annum from January 29, 2013 until maturity and shall pay Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuers will pay interest semi-annually in arrears every February 1 and August 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be August 1, 2013. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified herein, and they shall pay interest (including Post-Petition Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (including Additional Interest) (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

In addition to the rights provided to Holders of the Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Registrable Notes (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) shall have all rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2013, among the Issuers, the Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereto (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), including the right to receive Additional Interest in certain circumstances. If applicable, Additional Interest shall be paid to the same Persons, in the same manner and at the same times as regular interest.

2.	Method of Payment

By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note is due and payable, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium, interest and Additional Interest when due. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the preceding January 15 and July 15 at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture. The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (and Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Issuers maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Issuers as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Paying Agent, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). If an Interest Payment Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

A-3

3.	Paying Agent and Registrar

The Issuers initially appoint Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “Trustee”) as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuers may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders. Either Issuer or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent.

Indenture

The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of January 29, 2013 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Act”). The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.

The Notes are senior obligations of the Issuers. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under the Indenture is unlimited. This Note is one of the 8.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include (i) $1,325,000,000 principal amount of the Issuers’ 8.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 issued under the Indenture on January 29, 2013 (the “Initial Notes”), (ii) if and when issued, additional Notes that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture subsequent to January 29, 2013 (the “Additional Notes”) as provided in Section 2.1(a) of the Indenture and (iii) if and when issued, the Issuers’ 8.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture in exchange for Initial Notes or Additional Notes in an offer registered under the Securities Act as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (herein called “Exchange Notes”). The Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture.

5.	Guarantees

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any (including post-filing or Post-Petition Interest) on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuers under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantors will unconditionally guarantee (and future guarantors, jointly and severally with the Guarantors, will fully and unconditionally Guarantee) such obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

6.	Redemption

(f) At any time prior to August 1, 2015, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100.000% of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date.

(g) At any time and from time to time on or after August 1, 2015, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on the year indicated below:


12-month period commencing August 1 in year	Percentage
2015		104.375	%
2016		102.188	%
2017 and thereafter		100.000	%

A-4

(h) At any time and from time to time prior to August 1, 2015, the Issuers may redeem Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuers from any Qualified Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 108.750% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes); provided that

(1) In each case the redemption takes place no more than 180 days after the closing of the related Qualified Equity Offering, and

(2) not less than 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Notes held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries).

(i) In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to August 1, 2015, the Issuers may redeem up to 10% of the original principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) during each twelve-month period commencing with the Issue Date at a redemption price of 103% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

(e) Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.

(f) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 6 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture.

The Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

7.	Repurchase Provisions

If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase from each Holder all or any part (equal to a minimum $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

Upon certain Asset Dispositions, the Issuers may be required to use the Excess Proceeds from such Asset Dispositions to offer to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes (that is a minimum $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) and, at the Issuers’ option, Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.5 and in Article V of the Indenture.

8.	Collateral and Intercreditor

These Notes and any Guarantee are secured by a security interest in the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents. The Lien securing the Notes and the Guarantees is subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

9.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

A-5

(1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an Interest Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

10.	Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

11.	Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at their written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person to receive such money. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuers and not to the Trustee for payment as general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another person for payment.

12.	Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuers at any time may terminate some or all of their obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee cash in U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

13.	Amendment, Supplement, Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions contained in the Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended, or a Default thereunder may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes as provided in the Indenture.

14.	Defaults and Remedies

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an Issuer or certain Guarantors) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any), and any other monetary obligations on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, premium, interest, Additional Interest, if any, and other monetary obligations will be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an Issuer or certain Guarantors occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest) and any other monetary obligations on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

15.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuers

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuers; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest under the TIA, the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the Commission for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign.

A-6

16.	No Recourse Against Others

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such (other than the Issuers and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

17.	Authentication

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

18.	Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

19.	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers

The Issuers have caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, to be printed on the Notes and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

20.	Governing Law

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE APPLICATION OF THE PROVISIONS SET OUT IN ARTICLES 86 TO 94-8 OF THE LUXEMBOURG LAW ON COMMERCIAL COMPANIES DATED AUGUST 10, 1915 IS EXCLUDED.

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Trinseo S.A.

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Fax: (000) 000-0000

0000 Xxxxxxxxxxxx Xxxxxxxxx

Xxxxx 000

Xxxxxx, Xxxxxxxxxxxx 00000

A-7

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:



(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)


(Insert assignee’s Social Security or tax I.D. no.)

and irrevocably appoint agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.


Date:		Your Signature:

Signature Guarantee:
	(Signature must be guaranteed)

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.

The undersigned hereby certifies that it ¨ is / ¨ is not an Affiliate of the Issuers and that, to its knowledge, the proposed transferee ¨ is / ¨ is not an Affiliate of the Issuers.

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:


(1)	¨	acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or

(2)	¨	transferred to the Issuers; or

(3)	¨	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or

(4)	¨	transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or

(5)	¨	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

(6)	¨	transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) or an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(4) under the Securities Act), that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter appears as Section 2.8 or 2.10 of the Indenture, respectively); or

(7)	¨	transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

A-8

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuers may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in their sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuers may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.



				Signature

Signature Guarantee:


(Signature must be guaranteed)				Signature

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF BOX (1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

Dated:

A-9

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:


Date of Exchange	Amount of decrease in Principal Amount of this Global Note	Amount of increase in Principal Amount of this Global Note	Principal Amount of this Global Note following such decrease or increase	Signature of authorized signatory of Trustee or Notes Custodian

A-10

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check either box:

Section 3.5 ¨ Section 3.9 ¨

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof): $ and specify the denomination or denominations (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the within Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification, one such Note will be issued for the portion not being repurchased): .


Date:	Your Signature
		(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)


Signature Guarantee:
		(Signature must be guaranteed)

A-11

EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE GLOBAL NOTE]

[Depository Legend, if applicable]

[OID Legend, if applicable]


No. [ ]		Principal Amount $[ ] [as revised by the
		Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Notes attached hereto]²
		CUSIP NO.

TRINSEO MATERIALS OPERATING S.C.A.

TRINSEO MATERIALS FINANCE, INC.

8.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2019

Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1, commencing on August 1, 2013

Record Dates: January 15 and July 15

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

²	Insert in Global Notes only.

B-1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed.


TRINSEO MATERIALS OPERATING S.C.A.

By:
		Name:
		Title:

TRINSEO MATERIALS FINANCE, INC.

By:
		Name:
		Title:

TRUSTEE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This Note is one of the 8.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:
		Name:
		Title:


Dated:

B-2

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

TRINSEO MATERIALS OPERATING S.C.A.

TRINSEO MATERIALS FINANCE, INC.

8.750% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2019

Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.

Interest

Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A., a company (société en commandite par actions) organized and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B 153586, and Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (such companies, and their successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuers”), promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8.750% per annum from January 29, 2013 until maturity. The Issuers will pay interest semi-annually in arrears every February 1 and August 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be August 1, 2013. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified herein, and they shall pay interest (including Post-Petition Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2.	Method of Payment

By no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium, and interest when due. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the preceding January 15 and July 15 at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture. The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Issuers maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Issuers as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Paying Agent, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). If an Interest Payment Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

3.	Paying Agent and Registrar

B-3

Indenture

5.	Guarantees

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including post-filing or Post-Petition Interest) on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuers under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantors will unconditionally guarantee (and future guarantors, jointly and severally with the Guarantors, will fully and unconditionally Guarantee) such obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

6.	Redemption

(a) (a) At any time prior to August 1, 2015, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100.000% of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date.


12-month period commencing August 1 in year	Percentage
2015		104.375	%
2016		102.188	%
2017 and thereafter		100.000	%

(1) In each case the redemption takes place no more than 180 days after the closing of the related Qualified Equity Offering, and

B-4

(d) In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to August 1, 2015, the Issuers may redeem up to 10% of the original principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) during each twelve-month period commencing with the Issue Date at a redemption price of 103% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

(e) Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date.

(f) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 6 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture.

The Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

7.	Repurchase Provisions

If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder will have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase from each Holder all or any part (equal to a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

Upon certain Asset Dispositions, the Issuers may be required to use the Excess Proceeds from such Asset Dispositions to offer to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes (that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) and, at the Issuers’ option, Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.5 and in Article V of the Indenture.

8.	Collateral and Intercreditor

9.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form in minimum denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an Interest Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

10.	Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

B-5

11.	Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest if any remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at their written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person to receive such money. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuers and not to the Trustee for payment as general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another person for payment.

12.	Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuers at any time may terminate some or all of their obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

13.	Amendment, Supplement, Waiver

14.	Defaults and Remedies

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an Issuer or certain Guarantors) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, and any other monetary obligations on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, premium, interest, Additional Interest, if any, and other monetary obligations will be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an Issuer or certain Guarantors occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and any other monetary obligations on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

15.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuers

16.	No Recourse Against Others

B-6

17.	Authentication

18.	Abbreviations

19.	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers

20.	Governing Law

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to:

Trinseo S.A.

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Fax: (000) 000-0000

0000 Xxxxxxxxxxxx Xxxxxxxxx

Xxxxx 000

Xxxxxx, Xxxxxxxxxxxx 00000

B-7

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:



(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)


(Insert assignee’s Social Security or tax I.D. no.)

and irrevocably appoint agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.


Date:		Your Signature:

Signature Guarantee:
	(Signature must be guaranteed)

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

B-8

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:


Date of Exchange	Amount of decrease in Principal Amount of this Global Note	Amount of increase in Principal Amount of this Global Note	Principal Amount of this Global Note following such decrease or increase	Signature of authorized signatory of Trustee or Notes Custodian

B-9

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check either box:

Section 3.5 ¨ Section 3.9 ¨


Date:	Your Signature
		(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)


Signature Guarantee:
		(Signature must be guaranteed)

B-10

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO ADD GUARANTORS

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of [ ], 20[ ], by and among the parties that are signatories hereto as Guarantors (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), Trinseo Materials Operating S.C.A, a company (société en commandite par actions) organized and existing under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies Register under number B 153586 (the “Company”), Trinseo Materials Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Trinseo Finance” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, each of the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an indenture dated as of January 29, 2013 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of $1,325.0 million of 8.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 of the Issuers (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee, on a joint and several basis with the other Guarantors, all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Issuers, any Guarantor and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend or supplement the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuers, the other Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recitals hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

ARTICLE II

AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND; GUARANTEE

SECTION 2.1. Agreement to Be Bound. [Subject to Section 2.3, the] [The] Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such will have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

SECTION 2.2. Guarantee. [Subject to Section 2.3, the] [The] Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing Guarantors, to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to Article X of the Indenture on a senior basis.

C-1

[SECTION 2.3 Limitation for Swiss Guarantors.

(a) To the extent that (i) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary becomes, under Article X of the Indenture or under any other provision of any Notes Document, the Registration Rights Agreement or the Purchase Agreement (together the “Transaction Document”), liable for Guaranteed Obligations of its Affiliates (other than those of its direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiaries) or otherwise obliged to grant economic benefits to its Affiliates (other than its direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiaries), including, for the avoidance of doubt, any joint liability and/or restrictions of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s rights of set-off and/or subrogation or its duties to subordinate or waive claims and (ii) complying with such obligations would constitute a repayment of capital (Einlagerückgewähr), a violation of the legally protected reserves (gesetzlich geschützte Reserven) or the payment of a (constructive) dividend (Gewinnausschüttung) by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or would otherwise be restricted under Swiss corporate law then applicable (the “Restricted Obligations”), the aggregate liability of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for Restricted Obligations shall be limited to the amount of unrestricted equity capital surplus (including the unrestricted portion of general and statutory reserves, other free reserves, retained earnings and current net profits) available for distribution as dividends to the shareholders of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary at the time the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is required to perform under any Transaction Document, provided that this is a requirement under applicable Swiss law at that time and further provided that such limitation shall not discharge the Guaranteeing Subsidiary from its obligations in excess thereof, but merely postpone the performance date therefore until such times as performance is again permitted notwithstanding such limitation. Any and all indemnities and guarantees contained in the Transaction Documents shall be construed in a manner consistent with the provisos herein contained.

(b) In respect of Restricted Obligations, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall:

(1) if and to the extent required by applicable law in force at the relevant time use its best efforts to mitigate to the extent possible any obligation with respect to withholding tax in accordance with the Federal Act on Anticipatory Tax of 13 October 1965, as amended (Bundesgesetz über die Verrechnungssteuer) (“Swiss Withholding Tax”) to be levied on the Restricted Obligations (and cause its parent and other relevant Affiliates to fully cooperate in any mitigating efforts), in particular through the notification procedure, and promptly notify the Trustee thereof or, if such a notification procedure is not applicable:

(A) deduct Swiss Withholding Tax at the rate of 35 per cent. (or such other rate as in force from time to time) from any payment made by it in respect of Restricted Obligations;

(B) pay any such deduction to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration; and

(C) notify (and the Issuers shall ensure that the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will notify) the Trustee that such a deduction has been made and provide the Trustee with evidence that such a deduction has been paid to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration; and

(2) to the extent such a deduction is made, not be obliged to pay Additional Amounts in relation to any such payment made by it in respect of Restricted Obligations unless such payment is permitted under the laws of Switzerland then in force (it being understood that this shall not in any way limit any obligations of any other Guarantor or the Issuers under any Transaction Document to indemnify the Holders of the Notes and the Trustee in respect of the deduction of the Swiss Withholding Tax). The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any Person which is, as a result of a deduction of Swiss Withholding Tax, entitled to a full or partial refund of the Swiss Withholding Tax, will, as soon as possible after the deduction of the Swiss Withholding Tax, (i) request a refund of the Swiss Withholding Tax under any applicable law (including double tax treaties) and (ii) promptly upon receipt, pay to the Trustee (or to any such other Person as directed by the Trustee) any amount so refunded for application as a further payment of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under and pursuant to the relevant Transaction Document.

C-2

(c) If and to the extent requested by the Trustee and if and to the extent this is from time to time required under Swiss law (restricting profit distributions), in order to allow the Holders of the Notes and the Trustee to obtain a maximum benefit under Article X of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall, and any parent company of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary being a party to the Indenture shall procure that the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will, promptly implement all such measures and/or promptly procure the fulfillment of all prerequisites allowing it to promptly make the (requested) payment(s) hereunder from time to time, including the following:

(1) preparation of an up-to-date audited balance sheet of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary;

(2) confirmation of the auditors of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary that the relevant amount represents (the maximum of) freely distributable profits and;

(3) conversion of restricted reserves into profits and reserves freely available for the distribution as dividends (if and to the extent permitted by mandatory Swiss law);

(4) revaluation of hidden reserves (if and to the extent permitted by mandatory Swiss law);

(5) approval by a shareholders’ meeting of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary of the (resulting) profit distribution; and

(6) all such other measures necessary or useful to allow the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to make the payments agreed hereunder with a minimum of limitations.

(d) Any Collateral granted by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under any Security Document shall, by inclusion of respective language in such Security Document(s), also be made subject to the limitations set out in this Section 2.3.]³

[SECTION 2.3 Limitation for German Guarantors.

(a) The restrictions in this Section 2.03 shall apply to any Guaranty and indemnity (the “German Guaranty”) granted by a Guarantor (a “German Guarantor”) incorporated under the laws of Germany as a limited liability company (“GmbH”) for liabilities of its direct or indirect shareholder(s) (upstream) or an entity affiliated with such shareholder (verbundenes Unternehmen) within the meaning of section 15 of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz) (cross-stream) (excluding, for clarification purposes any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Guarantor).

(b) The restrictions in this Section 2.03 shall not apply to the extent the German Guarantor secures any indebtedness under the Notes to the extent they are on-lent or otherwise (directly or indirectly) passed on to the relevant German Guarantor or its Subsidiaries and such amount on-lent or otherwise passed on is not repaid for as long as such amounts on-lent or otherwise (directly or indirectly) passed on as set out above have not been the subject of an adjustment in the calculation of the relevant German Guarantor’s Net Assets in accordance with Section 2.03(d) below.

(i) The parties to this Guaranty agree that if payment under the German Guaranty would (A) cause the amount of a German Guarantor’s net assets, as calculated pursuant to Section 2.03 (d) below, to fall below the amount of its registered share capital (Stammkapital) or increase an existing shortage of its registered share capital in each case in violation of section 30 of the German Limited Liability Company Act (“GmbHG”) (such event is hereinafter referred to as a “Capital Impairment”) or (B) deprive the German Guarantor of the liquidity necessary to fulfill its financial liabilities to its creditors a (“Liquidity Impairment”), then the Trustee shall, subject to Section 2.03(c)(i) and (ii), demand payment under the German Guaranty from such German Guarantor only to the extent such Capital Impairment or Liquidity Impairment would not occur.

³	To be inserted for Swiss Guarantors.

C-3

(ii) The restrictions set out in Section 2.03(c) in relation to a Liquidity Impairment shall cease to apply, if, at the time a demand for payment under the German Guaranty is made against a German Guarantor, such German Guarantor is unable to pay its debts as they fall due (zahlungsunfähig) or (ii) insolvency proceedings (Insolvenzverfahren) over any of such German Guarantor’s assets have been opened.

(iii) If the relevant German Guarantor does not notify the Trustee in writing (the “Management Notification”) within fifteen (15) Business Days after the Trustee notified such German Guarantor in writing of its intention to demand payment under the German Guaranty that a Capital Impairment or Liquidity Impairment would occur (setting out in reasonable detail to what extent a Capital Impairment or Liquidity Impairment would occur in the form of a management balance sheet (including explanations with regard to the Liquidity Impairment) and providing prima facie evidence that a realization or other measures undertaken in accordance with the mitigation provisions set out in Section 2.03(e) would not prevent such Capital Impairment and/or Liquidity Impairment), then the restrictions set forth in clause (i) of this Section 2.03(c) shall not apply.

(iv) If the relevant German Guarantor does not provide an Auditors’ Determination (as defined in Section 2.03(f)) within thirty (30) Business Days from the date on which the Trustee received the Management Notification, then the restrictions set out in clause (i) of this Section 2.03(c) shall not apply and the Trustee shall not be obliged to assign or make available to the German Guarantor any net proceeds realized.

(d) Net Assets. The calculation of net assets (the “Net Assets”) shall only take into account the sum of the values of the assets of the relevant German Guarantor determined in accordance with applicable law and court decisions and, if there is no positive going concern (positive Fortführungsprognose) based on the lower of book value (Buchwert) and liquidation value (Liquidationswert) (consisting of all assets which correspond to those items listed in section 266 subsection (2) A, B and C of the German Commercial Code (“HGB”)) less the relevant German Guarantor’s liabilities (consisting of all liabilities and liability reserves which correspond to those items listed in accordance with section 266 subsection (3) B, C and D of the HGB). For the purposes of calculating the Net Assets, the following balance sheet items shall be adjusted as follows:

(i) the amount of any increase in the registered share capital of the relevant German Guarantor which was carried out after the relevant German Guarantor became a party to this Guaranty without the prior written consent of the Trustee shall be deducted from the amount of the registered share capital of the relevant German Guarantor;

(ii) any funds received by any Issuer under the issuance of the Notes which have been or are on-lent or otherwise passed on to the relevant German Guarantor or to any Subsidiary of such German Guarantor and have not yet been repaid at the time when payment under the German Guaranty is demanded, shall be disregarded for as long as no demand has been made in relation to such amounts on-lent or otherwise (directly or indirectly) passed on as set out above under the Guarantee by the relevant German Guarantor in accordance with Section 2.03(b) above; and

(iii) loans or other contractual liabilities incurred by the relevant German Guarantor in gross-negligent or willful breach of Notes Documents or the shall not be taken into account as liabilities.

(e) Mitigation.

(i) The relevant German Guarantor shall realize, to the extent legally permitted and commercially justifiable in a situation where it does not have sufficient Net Assets to maintain its registered share capital, all of its assets that are shown in the balance sheet with a book value (Buchwert) that is significantly lower than the market value of the assets but only if the relevant asset is not necessary for the German Guarantor’s business (betriebsnotwendig).

(ii) The limitations on demanding payment under this German Guaranty set out in this Section 2.03(e) shall not apply if and to the extent that the relevant German Guarantor is legally permitted to

C-4

dissolve hidden reserves or setting-off claims to avoid demanding payment under the German Guaranty causing a Capital Impairment of the relevant German Guarantor provided that it is commercially justifiable to take such measures.

(f) Auditors’ Determination.

(i) If the relevant German Guarantor claims that a Capital Impairment or Liquidity Impairment would occur on payment under this German Guaranty and the Trustee has requested an Auditors’ Determination (as defined below), the German Guarantor shall (at its own cost and expense) arrange for the preparation of a balance sheet by a firm of recognized auditors (the “Auditors”) in order to have such Auditors determine whether (and if so, to what extent) any payment under this German Guaranty would cause a Capital Impairment or Liquidity Impairment (the “Auditors’ Determination”).

(ii) The Auditors’ Determination shall be prepared, taking into account the adjustments set out in Section 2.03(d) above, by applying the generally accepted accounting principles applicable from time to time in Germany (Grundsätze ordnungsmäßiger Buchführung) based on the same principles and evaluation methods as constantly applied by the relevant German Guarantor in the preparation of its financial statements, in particular in the preparation of its most recent annual balance sheet, and taking into consideration applicable court rulings of German courts. Subject to SECTION 2.03 (h) below, such Auditors’ Determination shall be binding on the relevant German Guarantor and the Trustee.

(iii) Even if the relevant German Guarantor arranges for the preparation of an Auditors’ Determination, the relevant German Guarantor’s obligations under the mitigation provisions set out in Section 2.03(e) above shall continue to exist.

(g) Improvement of Financial Condition. If, after it has been provided with an Auditors’ Determination which prevented it from demanding any or only partial payment under this German Guaranty, the Trustee ascertains in good faith that the financial condition of the relevant German Guarantor as set out in the Auditors’ Determination has substantially improved (in particular, if the relevant German Guarantor has taken any action in accordance with the mitigation provisions set out in Section 2.03(e)), the Trustee may, at the relevant German Guarantor’s cost and expense, arrange for the preparation of an updated balance sheet of the relevant German Guarantor by applying the same principles (unless a change of law or court practice requires otherwise) that were used for the preparation of the Auditors’ Determination by the Auditors who prepared the Auditors’ Determination pursuant to clause (i) of Section 2.03(f) above in order for such Auditors to determine whether (and, if so, to what extent) the Capital Impairment or Liquidity Impairment has been cured as a result of the improvement of the financial condition of the relevant German Guarantor. The Trustee may demand payment under this German Guaranty to the extent that the Auditors determine that the Capital Impairment or Liquidity Impairment has been cured.

(h) No Waiver. Nothing in this Section 2.03 shall limit the enforceability, legality or validity of this German Guaranty nor shall it prevent the Trustee from claiming in court that the provision of this German Guaranty by and/or demanding payment under this German Guaranty against the relevant German Guarantor does not fall within the scope of section 30 of the GmbHG. The Trustee’s rights to any remedies it may have against the relevant German Guarantor shall not be limited if it is ascertained by a final court decision that section 30 of the GmbHG did not apply. The agreement of the Trustee to abstain from demanding any or part of the payment under this German Guaranty in accordance with the provisions above shall not constitute a waiver (Verzicht) of any right granted under this Indenture or any other Notes Document to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party.]⁴

⁴	To be inserted for German Guarantors.

C-5

[SECTION 2.3 Dutch Parallel Debt Provisions.

(a) Each Guarantor which is party to any Security Document governed by Dutch law (the “Dutch Guarantors”) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Collateral Agent as creditor in its own right and not as a representative of the other Secured Parties amounts equal to any amounts owing from time to time by that Guarantor to any Secured Party under any Notes Document as and when those amounts are due for payment under the relevant Notes Document.

(b) Each Dutch Guarantor and the Collateral Agent acknowledge that the obligations of each Dutch Guarantor under Section 2.3(a) are several and are separate and independent from, and shall not in any way limit or affect, the corresponding obligations of that Dutch Guarantor to any Secured Party under any Notes Document (its “Corresponding Debt”) nor shall the amounts for which each Dutch Guarantor is liable under Section 2.3(a)) (its “Parallel Debt”) be limited or affected in any way by its Corresponding Debt provided that: (i) the Parallel Debt of each Dutch Guarantor shall be decreased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably paid or (in the case of guarantee obligations) discharged and (ii) the Corresponding Debt of each Dutch Guarantor shall be decreased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has been irrevocably paid or (in the case of guarantee obligations) discharged.

(c) The Collateral Agent acts in its own name and not as a trustee, and its claims in respect of the Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust. The Security Documents governed by Dutch law granted under the Senior Secured Notes Documents to the Collateral Agent to secure the Parallel Debt is granted to the Collateral Agent in its capacity as creditor of the Parallel Debt and shall not be held on trust.

(d) All monies received or recovered by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 2.3, and all amounts received or recovered by the Notes Documents from or by the enforcement of any Security Documents governed by Dutch law granted to secure the Parallel Debt, shall be applied in accordance with this Agreement.

(e) Without limiting or affecting the Collateral Agent’s rights against the Dutch Guarantors (whether under this Section 2.3 or under any other provision of the Notes Documents), each Dutch Guarantor acknowledges that: (i) nothing in this Section 2.3 shall impose any obligation on the Collateral Agent to advance any sum to any Dutch Guarantor or otherwise under any Notes Document, except in its capacity as lender (as applicable) and (ii) for the purpose of any vote taken under any Notes Document, the Collateral Agent shall not be regarded as having any participation or commitment other than those which it has in its capacity as a lender (as applicable).]⁵

[SECTION 2.3 Limitation for Swedish Guarantors. The obligations of any Guarantor incorporated in Sweden in its capacity as a Guarantor (each a “Swedish Guarantor”) shall be limited if (and only if) and to the extent required by an application of the provision of the Swedish Companies Act (Sw. Aktiebolagslagen (2005:551)) (or its equivalent from time to time) regulating distribution of assets (including profits and dividends and any other form of transfer or value) (Chapter 17, Section 1-3 (or its equivalent from time to time)) and it is understood that the liability of each Swedish Guarantor under this Indenture only applies to the extent permitted by the above mentioned provisions of the Swedish Companies Act, provided that all steps available to the Swedish Guarantors and their respective shareholder to authorize their obligations under the Indenture have been taken.]⁶

⁵	To be inserted for Dutch Guarantors.

⁶	To be inserted for Swedish Guarantors.

C-6

[SECTION 2.3 Limitation for Belgian Guarantors.

(a) The guarantee in this Article II does not apply to any liability of any Belgian Guarantor to the extent that such liability would result in the guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of the Belgian Company Code. A “Belgian Guarantor” for the purposes of this Article II shall be any Guarantor with its main establishment (“voornaamste vestiging/établissement principal”) in Belgium.

(b) Further, the obligations of any Belgian Guarantor under the guarantee in this Article [ ] shall in all events be limited to a maximum aggregate amount equal to the greater of:

(1) an amount equal to 95 % of the greater of:

(A) the Net Assets (as defined below) of the Belgian Guarantor calculated on the basis of the last financial statements available on the date hereof;

(B) the Net Assets (as defined below) of the Belgian Guarantor calculated on the basis of the last audited financial statements or audited interim financial statements available on the date of the demand for payment by the Belgian Guarantor under the guarantee in this Article II; and

(C) the arithmetic mean of the Net Assets (as defined below) of such Belgian Guarantor on the basis of the last five audited financial statements of such Belgian Guarantor at the date a demand for payment is made under the guarantee in this Article II.

minus the amount paid or payable by such Belgian Guarantor pursuant to its guarantee obligations under the Credit Agreement.

For the purpose of this Article II, “Net Assets” means the aggregate amount of the assets of the Belgian Guarantor as shown in the audited financial statements referred to above:

(i) less the aggregate amount of all financial indebtedness (schulden/dettes) referred to in Article 320 or 617 of the Belgian Company Code, owed by the Belgian Guarantor;

(ii) less the aggregate amount of the provisions (voorzieningen/provisions) referred to in Article 320 or 617 of the Belgian Company Code;

(iii) plus the aggregate amount of all financial indebtedness (schulden/dettes) referred to in Article 320 or 617 of the Belgian Company Code that are owed by the Belgian Guarantor to another member of the Group as a result of any on-lending by that member to the Belgian Guarantor of proceeds drawn under this Agreement,

and

(2) the aggregate amount (plus any accrued interest thereon, expenses and fees) of:

(A) the amounts received by the Belgian Guarantor and by any Subsidiary of the Belgian Guarantor under [this Agreement], outstanding at any given time until the demand for payment by the Belgian Guarantor under this Agreement; and

(B) any intra-group loans or facilities made available to the Belgian Guarantor and to any Subsidiary of the Belgian Guarantor by any other member of the Group using directly or indirectly all or part of the proceeds made available pursuant to this Agreement.]⁷

⁷	To be inserted for Swiss Guarantors.

C-7

[SECTION 2.3 Limitation for Irish Guarantors. The Guarantee does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in the Guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of, in respect of a Guarantor incorporated under the laws of Ireland, section 60 of the Companies Xxx 0000 of Ireland.]⁸

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 3.1. Notices. All notices and other communications to the Guarantor shall be given as provided in the Indenture to the Guarantor, at its address set forth below, with a copy to the Issuers as provided in the Indenture for notices to the Issuers.

SECTION 3.2. Merger and Consolidation. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into another Person (other than an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction) except in accordance with Section 4.1(f) of the Indenture.

SECTION 3.3. Release of Guarantee. This Guarantee shall be released in accordance with Section 10.2 of the Indenture.

SECTION 3.4. Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained.

SECTION 3.5. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE APPLICATION OF THE PROVISIONS SET OUT IN ARTICLES 86 TO 94-8 OF THE LUXEMBOURG LAW ON COMMERCIAL COMPANIES DATED AUGUST 10, 1915 IS EXCLUDED.

SECTION 3.6. Severability. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

SECTION 3.7. Benefits Acknowledged. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

SECTION 3.8. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

⁸	To be inserted for Irish Guarantors.

C-8

SECTION 3.9. The Trustee. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto.

SECTION 3.10. Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

SECTION 3.11. Execution and Delivery. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of any such Guarantee.

SECTION 3.12. Headings. The headings of the Articles and the Sections in this Supplemental Indenture are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

C-9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.


TRINSEO MATERIALS OPERATING S.C.A.

By:
		Name:
		Title:

TRINSEO MATERIALS FINANCE, INC.

By:
		Name:
		Title:

[SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR], as a Guarantor

By:
		Name:
		Title:

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:
		Name:
		Title:

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

EXHIBIT D

[Form of Intercreditor Agreement]

Document Metadata

Table of Contents

TRINSEO MATERIALS OPERATING S.C.A. and TRINSEO MATERIALS FINANCE, INC. and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee and Collateral Agent 8.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 INDENTURE Dated as of January 29, 2013

Document Metadata